Full text of Productivity, A Selected Annotated Bibliography : Productivity: A Selected, Annotated Bibliography, 1965-71 : Bulletin of the United States Bureau of Labor Statistics, No. 1776

View original document

The full text on this page is automatically extracted from the file linked above and may contain errors and inconsistencies.

PRODUCTIVITY:
A SELECTED,
ANNOTATED
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1965-71
Bulletin 1776
U.S. Department of Labor
Bureau of Labor Statistics

PRODUCTIVITY:
A SELECTED,
ANNOTATED
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1965-71
Bulletin 1776
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
Peter J. Brennan, Secretary
BUREAU OF LABOR STATISTICS
Ben Burdetsky, Deputy Commissioner

1973

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402, GPO Bookstores, or
BLS Regional Offices listed on inside back cover. Price $1.25 domestic postpaid or $1 over-the-counter.
Make checks payable to Superintendent of Documents.

Microfiche edition available from National Technical Information Service, Springfield, Va. 22151, at 95 cents a set.
Make checks for microfiche payable to NTIS.

Preface
Productivity—the relation between physical output and input—has for many years
been a subject of study in the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. Department of
Labor. Productivity studies and research are conducted in the Bureau’s Office of
Productivity and Technology. The interest in productivity derives from a number of
concerns —the pace of technological change and its effects on employment and skills;
the trend in prices and costs; and the rate at which additional goods and services become
available. Thus, the study of productivity is essential in understanding the factors giving
rise to variations in income and wealth and in determining economic policy.
This bibliography, the third in a series, is intended to facilitate such study. It covers a
large selection of books and articles that were published between 1965 and 1971. It
provides annotated references for nearly 800 publications dealing with concepts and
methods, measurement of levels and trends, the sources of productivity change (such as
technology and economic growth), and the relation of productivity to the economy as a
whole and to economic variables such as wages and prices.
Most of the work on this bibliography was performed by Andrea Mooney Sweeny,
under the supervision of Horst Brand, in the Division of Industry Productivity Studies.
Others who contributed include Jack Ferris, Brian Friedman, and Barbara Donoghue.
Martha Farnsworth Riche compiled the subject index.

Contents
Page

Annotated l i s ti n g ..........................................

Concepts and methods ..........................
M easures............................................................................................................................................................
Factors affecting p ro d u ctiv ity ......................................................................................................................
A. Labor and education...................................................................................................................
B. Management and organization...................................................................................................
C. Technological change...................................................................................................................
D. Research and development.........................................................................................................
Productivity, prices, and c o s t s ......................................................................................................................
Productivity and em p lo y m en t.......................................................................................................................
Productivity and economic grow th.................................................................................................................
Theses and dissertations..................................................................................................................................
Bibliographies, annual reports, etc...................................................................................................................

1
15
27
27
34
38
53
59
68
78
85
89

Author i n d e x .................................................................................................................................................................

Subject i n d e x .................................................................................................................................................................

I.
II.
III.

IV.
V.
VI.
VII.
VIII.

A n n otated Listing
I. Concepts and methods
1.001

taking intermediate products into account,
result in output series which are highly suspect.

Aigner, D. J. and Chu, S. F. “On Estimating the
Industry Production Function.” American
E conom ic Review, Vol. 58, No. 4,
September 1968, p. 826-839.

1.005

Presents an estimation technique which
allows the economist to make a traditional
interpretation of an empirically estimated
microproduction function, where the under
lying production process is assumed to be
deterministic.
1.002

The authors specify several production
functions to allow for types of neutral tech
nological change other than the Hicks or Harrod
models.
1.006

Alterman, Jack, and Kutscher, Ronald E.
Capital Flow Matrix, 1958, BLS Bulletin
1601. U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of
Labor Statistics, 1968. 72 pp.

1.007
American Machinist. The Tenth American
M a ch in ist Inventory o f Metalworking
Equipment, 1968. New York, McGraw-Hill,
1968.320 pp.

1.008
Anderson, W. H. L. “Production Scheduling,
Intermediate Goods, and Labor Produc
tivity.” American Economic Review, Vol.
60, No. 1, March 1970, pp. 153-162.
Explores why short-run elasticity of man
hours in relation to output is empirically less
than 1, and why hours of input seem to
respond to changes in output with a distributed
lag. Maintains that studies of variation in labor
productivity based on final product, rather than

Borch, Karl. “Theories and Principles of
Productivity Measurement at Different
Levels.” Productivity Measurement Review,
August 1965, pp. 5-15.
Examines conceptual and practical problems
in productivity measurement.

Presents estimates of the number and age of
metalworking machinery in the United States.
1.004

Berglas, Eitan. “Investment and Technological
Change.” Journal o f Political Economy, Vol.
73, No. 2, April 1965, pp. 173-180.
Argues that studies by Solow, Kendrick, and
Fabricant give insufficient weight to the effects
of investment on economic growth. Tests
empirically three hypotheses that suggest that
observed technical change has a larger effect on
the rate of investment than those studies imply.

Shows in detail the transactions of capital
goods among producing and using industries,
and thus differs from conventional inputoutput tables, which distribute capital goods
output directly to an overall category of “gross
private domestic fixed capital formation.”
1.003

Beckmann, Martin J., and Sato, Ryuzo. “Aggre
gate Production Functions and Types of
Technical Progress: A Statistical Analysis.”
American Economic Review, Vol. 59, No. 1,
March 1969, pp. 88-101.

Braae, G.P. “Indirect Measurement of Labor
Productivity in House-Building in Britain,
1919-38.” Manchester School o f Economic
and Social Studies, Vol. 35, No. 3,
September 1968,pp. 275-84.
Suggests a method for estimating labor
productivity where data for inputs are lacking
or unreliable.

1.009

Briscoe, G.; O’Brien, P.; and Smyth, D. J. “The
Measurement of Capacity Utilization in the

United Kingdom.” Manchester School o f
Economic and Social Studies , Vol. 38, No.

1929-1967.” Review o f Income and Wealth,
Vol. 16, No. 1, March 1970, pp. 19-50.

2, June 1970, pp. 91-117.
The authors provide a conceptual basis for
separating social product and social factor input
accounts into estimated price and quantity
components.

The authors examine five methods of
increasing capacity utilization in the United
Kingdom for the period 1954-67.
1.010

Brown, Murray, ed. The Theory and Empirical
Analysis o f Production. Studies in Income
and Wealth, Vol. 31. New York, National
Bureau of Economic Research, 1967. 515
pp.

1.014

Defines differences in efficiency as any
variation in output per worker unexplained by
weighted differences in the capital-labor ratio.
After discussing some data problems, author
presents an array of estimates of efficiency for
a group of manufacturing industries in a
number of developing countries.

A collection of papers summing up present
knowledge on the structure of the production
function, pointing out areas where more
research is needed, and suggesting some new
approaches.
1.011

Brubaker, E. R. “Embodied Technology, the
Asymptotic Behavior of Capital’s Age, and
Soviet Growth.” The Review o f Economics
and Statistics, Vol. 50, No. 3, August 1968,
pp. 304-311.

1.015

Explores the usefulness of the hypothesis of
embodied technological change in studying the
sources of growth of the Soviet economy.
Interpreting the data within the framework of a
Cobb-Douglas function, amended to reflect the
effects of disembodied technical change and
investment in education, fails to explain most of
the “residual.” It was assumed that design
changes in physical capital, implicit in changes
in the age of capital, accounted for the residual.
As opportunities for reducing the average age of
capital decline, so will the contribution to
growth from this source.
1.012

1.016

Christensen, L. R., and Jorgenson, D. W. “The
Measurement of U.S. Real Capital Input,
1929-1967,” Review o f Income and Wealth,
Vol. 15, No. 4, December 1969, pp.
293-320.

Deakin, B.M. and Seward, T. Productivity in
Transport: A Study o f Employment,
Capital, Output, Productivity and Technical
C hange. Occasional Papers, No. 17.
Cambridge, England, Cambridge University
Press, 1969. 248 pp.
The authors measure employment, capital,
output, labor productivity, and technical
change in major sectors of surface and air
transportation, and develop a production
function to interpret the data. They probe for
more fundamental explanations by testing
hypotheses relating to the links between output

Christensen, L. R., and Jorgenson, D. W. “U.S.
Real Product and Real Factor Input,

David, Paul A. “Labour Productivity in English
Agriculture, 1850-1914: Some Quantitative
Evidence on R egional Differences.”
Economic History Review, Vol. 23, No. 3,
December 1970, pp. 504-514.
Derives estimates of labor productivity in
different farming regions of England from data
on daily wages paid to laborers and piece-rate
quotations for well-defined tasks performed by
hand methods. Patterns of labor efficiency
closely correlate with geographical patterns of
agricultural wage-rate differences. Argues that
findings are consistent with the thesis that until
recently many areas of England displayed
features typical of economically under
developed agrarian societies.

The authors provide a conceptual basis for
real capital input based on perpetual inventory
estimates of capital stock and corresponding
estimates of capital service prices.
1.013

Daniels, Mark R. “Differences in Efficiency
among Industries in Developing Countries.”
American Economic Review, Vol. 59, No. 1,
March 1969, pp. 159-171.

1.021

and labor productivity; labor productivity and
prices; output and technical change; and capital
stock input and technical change.
1.017

de Leeuw, Frank. “A Revised Index of Manu
fa c tu rin g Capacity.” Federal Reserve
Bulletin, Vol. 52, No. 11, November 1966,
pp. 1605-1615.

Examines a version of the hypothesis that
highly capital-intensive pursuits are well suited
for underdeveloped countries because they
force management to perform much-needed but
unfamiliar tasks.

Describes the methods used to calculate
capacity and capacity utilization in manu
facturing. Compares the revised indexes to
those previously published. Sees a need for
more thorough understanding of basic con
cepts, better coverage of key manufacturing
industries, and alternative approaches to
collecting information on capacity.
1.018

1.022

1.023

Diamond, Peter A. “Disembodied Technical
Change in a Two-Sector Model.” Review
o f Economic Studies, Vol. 33 , No. 90, April
1965, pp. 161-168.
1.024

Du Boff, Richard B. “Electrification and
Capital Productivity: A Suggested Approach.”
The Review o f Economics and Statistics,
Vol. 48, No. 4, November 1966, pp.
426-431.
Presents evidence that there was a strong
causal connection between industrial electrifica
tion at the time of the first World War and the
upward shift in the productivity trend at that
time, as observed by Kendrick.

Diamond, Peter A. “Technical Change and the
Measurement of Capital and Output.”
Review o f Economic Studies, Vol. 32(4),
No. 92, October 1965, pp. 289-298.
Asserts that equations which describe the
development over time of an economy with
disembodied technical change can also be used
to describe differences in production with
capital of different vintages in a model 'with
embodied technical change. The rate of
embodied technical change is estimated from
aggregate data for the post-war U.S. economy.

Domar, Evsey D. “An Index Number Tourna
ment.” Quarterly Journal o f Economics,
Vol. 81, No. 2, May 1967, pp. 262-272.
Compares the Soviet-type index Of industrial
production using value-of-output or price
weights and the Federal Reserve-type index of
value-added weights. Finds that both indexes
contain biases when compared to certain alter
native indexes.

Presents and explains the use of a two-sector
model for the measurement of technical change
in consumption goods and investment goods,
taking into account differences in the growth of
labor inputs.
1.020

Doll, John P.; Rhodes, James V.; and West,
Jerry G. Economies o f Agricultural Produc
tion, Markets, and Policy. The Irwin Series
in Economics. Homewood, 111., Richard D.
Irwin, 1968. 557 pp.
The authors discuss the economics of
production and the algebra of production
functions, as well as multiple factor input and
product output models.

Denison, E. F. “Some Major Issues in Produc
tiv ity Analysis: An Examination of
Estimates by Jorgenson and Griliches.”
Survey o f Current Business, Part II, Vol. 49,
No. 5, May 1969, pp. 1-28.
Discusses the methodology and conclusions
of the article by Jorgenson and Griliches
reprinted in the same issue of the Survey.

1.019

Diaz Alejandro, Carlos F. “Industrialization
and Labor Productivity Differentials.”
The Review o f Economics and Statistics,
Vol. 47, No. 2, May 1965, pp. 207-214.

1.025

Fabricant, Solomon. A Primer on Productivity.
New York, Random House, 1969. 206 pp.
Introduces basic ideas about productivity.
Discusses the sources of productivity, and
relates productivity to business cycles, infla
tion, and economic policy. Also discusses
productivity abroad.

1.026

Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago. "‘Larger
Farms—A Continuing Trend.” Business Con
ditions, May 1969. pp. 7-13.

1.031

Sees a continued trend towards larger and
fewer farms because of the inability of smaller
farms to use machinery and labor efficiently or
to provide operators with satisfactory incomes.
Suggests a need for adjustment in methods of
financing larger farms.
1.027

A collection of essays dealing with con
ceptual and measurement problems of output
and productivity in service industries. Among
industries discussed are medical care, com
mercial banks, and retail trade. Chapters also
deal with service industries in Canada and with
the development of service industries in the
19th century.

Feinstein, C. H. Domestic Capital Formation in
the United Kingdom, 1920-1938. Studies in
the National Income and Expenditure of the
United Kingdom. Cambridge, England,
Cambridge University Press, 1965. 270 pp.

1.032

Derives estimates of gross and net capital
formation and the capital stock for the
economy as a whole and for the major sectors.
Compares his methods and estimates with those
of other economists.
1.028

Fenske, Russell W. “An Analysis of the
Meaning of Productivity.” Productivity
Measurement Review, August 1965, pp.
16-22.

1.033

1.034

Galatin, Malcolm. Economies o f Scale and
Technological Change in Thermal Power
Generation. ' Amsterdam, North-Holland
Publishing Co., 1968. 196 pp.
Presents econometric models of the produc
tion process in a multiplant unit in order to
explore the effects of technological change and
economies of scale on steam-electric power
generation. Reviews past studies.

Fogel, Robert W., and Engerman, Stanley L.,
eds. The Reinterpretation o f American
Economic History. New York, Harper and
Row, 1971. 494 pp.
1.035
Presents a number of historical essays on
capital formation, growth, innovation, and
related subjects.

Gaathon, A. L. Economic Productivity in Israel
Praeger Special Studies in International
Economics and Development. New York,
Praeger, in cooperation with the Bank of
Israel, 1971.280 pp.
Discusses alternative theories and measure
ments of productivity in estimating and
ex p lain in g Is ra e l’s perform ance from
1950-65 (postscript 1965-69). Develops two
models to appraise long-run productivity
prospects.

Ferguson, C. E. “Time Series Production
Functions and Technological Progress in
American Manufacturing Industry.” Journal
o f Political Economy, Vol. 73, No. 2, April
1965, pp. 135-147.
Fits time-series data for 1949-61 covering
two-digit American manufacturing industries to
the production function suggested by Arrow,
Chenery, Minhas, and Solow, to discover
whether technological change in these indus
tries has been biased. Finds most change has
been either neutral or capital-using.

1.030

Fuchs, Victor R. “The First Service Economy.”
The Public Interest, Winter 1966, pp. 7-17.
Discusses the growth of services and of the
labor force producing services rather than
tangible goods. Explores reasons for this
evolution, its benefits, and the difficulty of
measuring productivity in services. States the
need for appropriate measures of output.

Examines alternate definitions and inter
pretations of productivity.
1.029

Fuchs, Victor R., ed. Production and Produc
tivity in the Service Industries. Studies in
Income and Wealth, Vol. 34. New York,
National Bureau of Economic Research,
1969. 395 pp.

Geisel, John M. “A Method for Measurement
and Analysis of Supervisory Work.” Journal
o f Industrial Engineering, Vol. 19, April
1968, pp. 175-185.

Argues that fundamental changes in the
functions of the foreman have given rise to
problems of determining the effectiveness with
which foremen are performing their tasks.
Establishes a number of criteria which permit
management to deal with these problems.
1.036

been drastically underestimated since 1940,
thus seriously skewing most production and
productivity studies. This underestimation is
due to the omission of government-owned,
privately operated plant and equipment from
the capital accounts.

George, K. D. Productivity and Capital Expend
iture in Retailing. Cambridge, England,
Cambridge University Press, 1968. 86 pp.

1.040

Assesses the role of capital expenditures in
increasing productivity in retailing in the
United Kingdom, 1960-66. Also examines
possible obstacles to growth and investment,
such as shortages in management, high costs,
inadequate financing, and difficulties in site
acquisition.

Disputes the Hirshman argument that
process-centered industries and man-paced
operations are particularly suited to raise labor
productivity in less developed countries.
1.041

1.037.

G old, Bela. Explorations in Managerial
Economics: Productivity, Costs, Technology
and Growth. New York, Basic Books, Inc.,
1971. 297 pp.
Contains chapters on productivity and on
the economic effects of technological innova
tions, providing brief, critical surveys of
existing approaches to measurement. Suggests
analytical and measurement techniques par
ticularly suited to the analysis and evaluation of
managerial (or operational) problems.

1.038

1.042

Golov, A. “Methodology of the Measurement
and Planning of Labor Productivity in the
U.S.S.R.” International Labour Review, Vol.
97, No. 5, May 1968, pp. 447-464.

Green, H. A. J. “Embodied Progress, Invest
ment, and Growth.” American Economic
Review, Vol. 56, No. 1, March 1966, pp.
138-151.
Reinterprets the concept of “embodied
technical progress,” as developed by Solow and
Phelps. Argues that certain aspects of this
concept must be viewed in terms of contrasting
rates of change of technical progress in the
investment and consumption sectors.

1.043

Gordon, Robert J. “ $45 Billion of U.S. Private
Investment Has Been Mislaid.” American
Economic Review, Vol. 59, No. 3, June
1969, pp. 221-237.

Griliches, Zvi, and Jorgenson, Dale. “Sources of
Measured Productivity Changes: Capital
Input.” American Economic Review, Vol.
56, No. 2, May 1966, pp. 50-61.
The authors investigate the relation of
changes in the structure of capital to
established estimates of changes in total factor
productivity from 1929 to 1964. They con
clude that errors in measuring capital inputs
have resulted in significant overstatement of
productivity gains.

Argues that the U.S. figures on the stock of
capital available for private production have

Gouverneur, J. Productivity and Factor Propor
tions in Less Developed Countries: The Case
o f Industrial Firms in the Congo. New
York, Oxford University Press, 1971. 171
pp.
Analyzes the long-run changes in the labor
coefficient, the capital coefficient, capital
intensity, and the occupational composition of
the labor force in relation to output changes.

Describes methods of measuring production
and labor productivity within the framework of
the system of planning and incentives recently
introduced in the Soviet Union. Explains the
new approach employed in ascertaining for
planning purposes the economic basis for gains
in labor productivity in enterprises and
industry.
1.039

Gouvemeur, J. “Hirshman on Labor Produc
tivity Differentials: An Empirical Analysis.”
Bulletin, Oxford University Institute of
Economics and Statistics, Vol. 32, No. 3,
August 1970, pp. 259-265.

1.044

1.048

Grossling, William, and Dovring, Folke. “Labor
Productivity Measurement: The Use of SubSystems in the Interindustry Approach, and
Some Approximating Alternatives.” Journal
o f Farm Economics, Vol. 48, No. 2, May
1966, pp. 369-377.

A compendium of papers dealing primarily
with the measurement of productivity in the
trade sector.

The authors seek to measure the benefit to
the community of technological change in
agriculture by developing a productivity index
including both direct and indirect man-hours as
input.
1.045

1.049

Gupta, S., and Steedman, I. “An Input-Output
Study of Labor Productivity in the British
Economy.” Bulletin, Oxford University
Institute of Economics and Statistics, Vol.
33, No. 1, February 1971, pp. 21-34.

1.050

Hall, R. E. “Technical Change and Capital
From the Point of View of the Dual.”
Review o f Economic Studies, Vol. 35 (1),
No. 101, January 1968, pp. 35-46.

1.051

Hunt, E. H. “Quantitative and Other Evidence
of Labour Productivity in Agriculture,
1850-1914.” Economic History Review,
Vol. 23, No. 3, December 1970, pp.
515-519.
Criticizes a paper in the same issue of the
Review by Paul A. David (see entry 1.010).

Hamada, K. “Optimal Capital Accumulation by
an Economy Facing an International Capital
Market.” Journal o f Political Economy, Vol.
77, No. 4, July, August 1969, pp. 684-697.

1.052

International Labor Office, Measuring Labor
Productivity. Geneva, ILO, 1969. 172 pp.
Provides a comprehensive survey of the
methods and problems of measuring labor
productivity. Reviews national productivity
measures, explains difficulties in international
comparisons, and suggests ways to improve
international comparability of productivity
statistics.

Argues, on the basis of the neoclassical
growth model, that capital borrowing (or
lending) occurs when a country increases its
capital more (or less) than its domestic savings.
Defines optimal path of accumulation and
examines its properties.

Hogg, H. C.; Rankine, L. B.; and Davidson,
J. R. “Estimating the Productivity of Irriga
tio n W a te r.” Agricultural Economic
Research, Vol. 22, Nc. 1, January 1970, pp.
12-17.
The authors use the example of sugar cane
irrigation on two Hawaiian sugar plantations to
show how to incorporate known economic rela
tionships into a production function which can
be optimized by economists and managers.

Develops certain basic notions of capital
theory
econometrically. Investigates the
problem of the production function in terms of
factor price functions, relating the wage to the
price of machines’ services over time.
1.047

Hildebrand, George H., and Liu, Ta-Chung.
Manufacturing Production Functions in the
United States, 1957: A n Interindustry and
Interstate Comparison o f Productivity.
Ithaca, New York, New York State School
of Industrial and Labor Relations, Cornell
University, 1965. 224 pp.
The authors estimate production function
coefficients for 15 2-digit manufacturing
industries.

The authors argue that gains in labor produc
tivity in a given industry may be due to the
substitution of manufactured products from
outside the industry, so that “system” produc
tivity may actually change little, if at all. They
provide alternative measures of system produc
tivity by means of input-output calculations.
They find that their derived rates of change in
productivity of individual industries differ
significantly from those found by the conven
tional approach.
1.046

Heskett, J. L., ed. Productivity in Marketing.
Papers of the Theodore N. Beckman
Symposium on Marketing Productivity,
April 1965. Columbus, Ohio, College of
Commerce and Administration, The Ohio
State University, 1965. 88 pp.

1.053

Industrial Relations Research Association
(December 29-30, 1968, Chicago, 111.),
University ofWisconsin,Madison, pp. 129-135.

Intriligator, Michael D. “Embodied Technical
Change and Productivity in the United
States,
1929-1958.” The Review o f
Economics and Statistics, Vol. 47, No. 1,
February 1965, pp. 65-70.

Argues for ex p a n d ed analyses of
productivity and discusses the conceptual
aspects of such expansion.

Estimates embodied and disembodied tech
nical change using a Cobb-Douglas production
function.
1.054

1.058

Jack Faucett Associates, Inc. Development o f a
Matrix o f Interindustry Transactions in
Capital Goods in 1963. Prepared for the
Bureau of Labor Statistics, U.S. Department
of Labor. Silver Spring, Md., Jack Faucett
Associates, December 1966. 117 pp.

The authors explain the meaning and uses of
company productivity measures and describe
procedures and problems involved in their
construction. Includes case studies of how six
companies measured their productivity.

Estimates the output and consumption of
capital goods by in dusty. Presents matrix tables
of capital expenditures for the producing and
consuming industries.
1.055

1.059

Jorgenson, Dale W. “The Embodiment Hypo
thesis.” Journal o f Political Economy, Vol.
74, No. 1, February 1966, pp. 1-17.

Jorgenson, Dale W., and Griliches, Zvi. “The
Explanation of Productivity Changes.”
Review o f Economic Studies, Vol. 34, No.
99, July 1967, pp. 249-284.

1.060

The authors argue that if real product and
real factor input are accurately accounted for,
the observed growth in total factor productivity
is negligible. They find that the rate of growth
of input explains 96.7 percent of the rate of
growth of output; change in total factor
p ro d u c tiv ity ex p lain s the re st. The
accumulation of knowledge is governed by the
same economic laws as any other process of
capital accumulation—costs must be incurred if
benefits are to be achieved.
1.057

Kim, S. “Interregional Differences in Neutral
Efficiency for Manufacturing Industries: An
Empirical Study.” Journal o f Regional
Science, Vol. 8, No. 1, Summer 1968, pp.
19-27.
Formulates an index of specialization as part
of the Cobb-Douglas function. Finds that in six
cases productivity is favorably influenced by
diversification, while in three cases it is not.

1.061

Kendrick, John W. “An Evaluation of Produc
tivity Statistics.” Proceedings o f the
T w enty-F irst Annual Winter Meeting,

Kennedy, R. V. “The Meaning and Measure
ment of Potential National Production in
Australia.” Economic Record, Vol. 32, No.
3, August 1970, pp. 219-229.
Derives quarterly nonfarm potential GNP for
the period 1950-69. Links peaks in real output
and extrapolates the trend rate of real GNP
growth from a full employment peak. Also
derives potential GNP from relationships
between unemployment and changes in real
output, and from an aggregate production
function technique.

C onstructs a mathematical model of
embodied technical change free of Solow’s
assumptions that technical change takes place
at a constant exponential rate and that con
sumer and investment goods as conventionally
measured are perfect substitutes in production.
1.056

Kendrick, John W., and Creamer, Daniel.
Measuring Company Productivity: Hand
book with Case Studies. Studies in Business
Economics, Number 89. New York, The
Conference Board, 1965. 120 pp.

Kleiman, E.; Halevi, N.; and Levhari, D. “The
Relationship Between Two Measures of
T otal Productivity.” The Review o f
Economics and Statistics, Vol. 48, No. 3,
August 1966, pp. 345-347.
The authors show mathematically the biases
in the productivity measures of Kendrick and

Solow. They show why the two measures may
yield very different results in a rapidly
developing economy.
1.062

The authors probe the feasibility of
measuring productivity in the Federal Aviation
Administration and examine measures applying
to the agency as a whole, to its organizational
components, and to its missions. Test results
confirm the feasibility of measuring produc
tivity of most of the components and missions
as well as of the agency as a whole.

Klotz, Benjamin P. Industry Productivity Pro
jections: A Methodological Study. U.S.
Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor
Statistics, 1966. 5 pp.
1.067

Explores whether plants with high produc
tivity levels can serve as a guide to projecting
future productivity increases in an industry.
Finds that data on “second-best” plants may be
used to predict industry productivity 7 years
later.
1.063

Shows that man-hour productivity data
evidence a strong cyclical component in addi
tion to the secular trend. Productivity falls
when output falls, and then rapidly increases
from the trough. This econometric study
explains the theory and origins of this
phenomenon.

Klotz, Benjamin P. Productivity Analysis in
Manufacturing Plants. BLS Staff Paper 3.
U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor
Statistics, 1970. 97 pp.
Uses both the Cobb-Douglas and the con
stant elasticity of substitution production
functions to estimate the economies of scale
and elasticities of substitution in 23 industries.

1.064

1.068

Klotz, Benjamin P. “Projecting Industry
Productivity.” Monthly Labor Review, Vol.
89, No. 5, May 1966, pp. 514-517.

1.069

Kovalick, Peter N., and Moundalexis, John.
Feasibility o f Measuring Federal Aviation
Administration Productivity. U.S. Depart
ment of Transportation, Federal Aviation
Administration, June 1967.

La Tourette, J. E. “Sources of Variation in the
Capital-Output Ratio in the United States
Private Business Sector.” Kyklos, Vol. 18,
No. 4, 1965, pp. 635-651.
Examines the sources of variation in the
capital coefficient for the U.S. private sector
during the 1909-1959 period. They are the
composition of capital, the age of capital, and
the nature of technical progress. These sources
are measured by the ratio of plant to
equipment, the weighted age of the stock of
capital, and a proxy time trend.

Knudsen, John W. “Productivity Changes.”
Monthly Review, *Federal Reserve Bank of
Kansas City, April 1971, pp. 3—9.
Discusses measurement problems as well as
the sources of gains in productivity.

1.066

La Tourette, J. E. “Aggregate Factors in the
Trends of Capital-Output Ratios.” Canadian
Journal o f Economics, Vbl. 3, No. 2, May
1970, pp. 255-275.
E xam ines fa cto rs associated with the
movement of capital coefficients in the United
States and Canada. Finds that economic growth
in Canada is secured only with a reduction in
the rate of return and an accumulation of
capital in excess of the increase in output.

Describes a method of projecting produc
tivity 6 to 8 years ahead by comparing current
productivity of second-best-practice establish
ments with the average for all establishments.
S e co n d -b est-p ra ctic e establishments are
generally 6 to 8 years behind best-practice
establishments in the level of productivity they
have reached.
1.065

Kuh, Edwin. “Cyclical and Secular Labor
Productivity in U.S. Manufacturing.” The
Review o f Economics and Statistics, Vol. 47,
No. 1, February 1965, pp. 1-12.

1.070

Lessowski, Witold. Capital-Output-Employment
Ratios in Industrial Programming. Translated
from the Polish by J. Syskind. New York,
Pergamon Press, 1965. 225 pp.

Discusses changes in underemployment,
which are defined as changes in output per man
that accompany fluctuations in aggregate
demand and output. Suggests that when the
government adjusts the level of aggregate
demand, it should aim to balance the cost of
inflation against the cost of underutilization,
including the cost of underemployment.

Carries out a detailed theoretical and
statistical analysis of productivity and capital/
labor ratios, with a view to their use in
industrial planning and the evaluation of
economic policy in Poland.
1.071

Levhari, D., and Samuelson, P. “The Non
switching Theorem is False.” Quarterly
Journal o f Economics, Vol. 80, No. 4,
November 1966, pp. 518-519.

1.075

The authors discuss aspects of the
“switching theorem,” according to which one set
of techniques may be replaced by another when
the rate of interest declines, to be reinstituted
as the rate declines still further. The authors
retract a theory they had advanced earlier,
according to which no switching would occur
under certain assumptions of the composition
of production techniques.

Argues that the factors of production are
“quantity augmenting” : that is, any improve
ment in the quality of a factor of production
may be treated as an increase in the quantity of
that factor, holding quality constant.
1.076

1.072

Lou, L. J., and Yotopoulos, P. A. “A Test for
Relative Efficiency and an Application for
Indian Agriculture.” American Economic
Review, Vol. 61, No. 1, March 1971, pp.
94-109.
1.077

Lucas, R.E., Jr. “Tests of a Capital-Theoretic
Model of Technological Change.” Review o f
Economic Studies, Vol. 34, No. 2 (98), April
1967, pp. 175-189.

1.078

new BLS price indexes which
trends in 4-digit industries, in
wholesale price indexes, which
in commodity markets.

Moss, M. “Needs for Consistency and Flexi
bility in Measures of Real Product by
Industry.” Review o f Income and Wealth,
Vol. 14, No. 1, March 1968, pp. 1-17.
Discusses the impact of disparities between
industrial production and gross product in
manufacturing on the analysis of relations
between prices and output and prices and
productivity. Recommends improvements in
data and concepts.

Masters, Stanley H. “The Behavior of Output
Per Man During Recessions: An Empirical
Study of Underemployment.” Southern
Economic Journal', Vol. 33, No. 3, January
1967, pp. 388-394.

Moss, Bennett R. “Industry and Sector Price
Indexes.” Monthly Labor Review, Vol. 88,
No. 8, August 1965, pp. 974-982.
Discusses
reflect price
contrast to
reflect trends

Treats the problem of “residual growth” —
i.e., that part of growth unaccounted for by
increases in labor and capital inputs - in terms
of technological change resulting from the
allocation of inputs away from current
production into what may be called “tech
nological investment.”
1.074

“Measuring how Office Workers Work.”
Business Week, November 14, 1970, pp.
54-60.
Discusses the methods and the increasing
importance of measuring clerical work.

The authors introduce a new method for
measurement of relative economic efficiency
between two or more firms. They take into
account differences in technical and pricing
efficiency. They apply the method to Indian
agriculture.
1.073

McCarthy, M.D. “Quantity-Augmenting Tech
nical Progress and Two-Factor Production
Functions: A Skeptical Note.” Southern
Economic Journal, Vol. 33, No. 1, July
1966, pp. 71-80.

1.079

Muller, Charlotte, and Worthington, Paula.
“The Time Structure of Capital Formation:
Design and Construction of Municipal
Hospital Projects.” Inquiry, Vol. 6, No. 2,
June 1969, pp. 42-52.

Examines the relation between output,
employment, and capital stock in 14 industry
groups in Great Britain, 1948-64. Finds that
production has become more capital intensive
in all groups despite their differing characteris
tics. In all manufacturing (except textiles) and
construction, labor productivity has increased,
owing to a balance of factors involving faster
growth in capital stock than in output, and
substantially faster growth in stock than in the
labor force.

The authors examine the problem of
translating capital funding into plant and
equipment within the municipal hospital
system of New York City. They deal with the
question of why only one-half of funds
budgeted for hospital construction are actually
spent.
1.080

Nadiri, M. Ishaq. “Some Approaches to the
Theory and Measurement of Total Factor
Productivity.” Journal o f Economic Litera
ture, Vol. 8, No. 4, December 1970, pp.
1137-1177.

1.085

Discusses the major contributions to the
literature in recent years, and presents an
authoritative list of source materials.
1.081

A detailed introduction to the interpretation
of productivity concepts, measurement of
productivity in industry and agriculture, and
the problems of international productivity
comparisons.

Nance, Harold W. “Five Techniques for
Measuring Clerical Work.” The Office, Vol.
66, No. 5, May 1967, pp. 12-14.
Examines the pros and cons of five
approaches to the measurement of clerical
output.

1.082

1.083

1.086

Nesvera, Vaclav. “Capital Stock Require
ments.” Czechoslovak Economic Papers, No.
5. Prague, Czechoslovak Academy of
Sciences, 1965, pp. 57-69.

North, Douglas C. “Capital Formation in the
United States during the Early Period of
Industrialization: A Re-examination of the
Issues.” The Reinterpretation o f American
Economic History, Robert W. Fogel and
Stanley T. Engerman, eds. New York,
Harper and Row, 1971, pp. 274-281.

Analyzes the factors which determine the
level and dynamics of capital stock require
ments, with special attention to the causes of
differences in capital requirements between
different industries.

Argues for a broadening of the definition of
capital formation beyond the savingsinvestment nexus to cover all expenditures
.which raise productivity, including those for
health and education.

Nevile, J.W. “How Productive is Australian
Capital?” Economic Record, Vol. 43, No.
103, September 1967, pp. 405-411.

1.087

Calculates the output-capital ratio for five
countries and uses the findings as a yardstick to
appraise the productivity of Australian capital.
Concludes that the -output-capital ratio is lower
in Australia than it is in the five countries
reviewed.
1.084

Nishikawa, Shunsaku, and Yamada, Saburo.
Productivity Measurement Manual Tokyo,
Asian Productivity Organization, 1969. 165
pp.

Based on work by Joan Robinson, this
article corrects some errors in her argument and
develops a criterion for the choice of
techniques under full employment of labor.
Evaluates the nature of obsolescence in a
socialist economy.

Nicholson, R. J. “ Capital Stock, Employment
and Output in British Industry 1948-64.”
Yorkshire Bulletin o f Economics and
Political Science, Vol. 18, No. 2, November
1966, pp. 1-21.

Okishio, N. “Technical Choice Under Full
Employment in a Socialistic Economy.” The
Economic Journal, Vol. 76, No. 303,
September 1966, pp. 585-592.

1.088

Organization for Economic Cooperation and
Development, Productivity Measurement,
Volume III. Paris, OECD, 1966.434 pp.

Asserts that if increases in one factor raise
the marginal productivity of other factors, the
demand for factors by competitive firms always
displays complementarity between the factors.

A compendium of monographs from 15
member countries describing methods of
measuring industry productivity.
1.089

Paelinck, Jean. “Programming — Projection —
Productivity.” Productivity Measurement
Review, February 1965, pp. 23-32.

1.094

Discusses the principal factors determining
the productivity of different industries. Points
out that high productivity-production ratios are
associated with high levels of capital
investment.
1.090

The authors discuss certain aspects of the
“switching theorem” , according to which a set
of techniques may be replaced by another set
when the rate of interest declines, to be
reinstituted when it declines still further.

Parker, William N. “Productivity Growth in
American Grain Farming: An Analysis of Its
19th Century Sources,” in The Reinterpreta
tion o f American Economic History, Robert
W. Fogel and Stanley T. Engerman, eds. New
York, Harper and Row, 1971, pp. 175-186.
Argues that productivity growth is due to
the response of entrepreneurs, workers, and
investors to certain opportunities, in particular
the opportunities to employ growing supplies
of productive factors, and to utilize improve
ments in knowledge about how to combine
these factors. Assesses these opportunities in
the light of statistical data.

1.091

1.096

1.097

Rymes, Thomas K. On Concepts o f Capital and
Technical Change. Cambridge, England,
Cambridge University Press, 1971. 191 pp.

Rymes, Thomas K. “Professor Read and the
Measurement of Total Factor Productivity.”
Canadian Journal o f Economics, May 1968.
Argues that by developing measures of
technological change, prediction of the course
of relative prices, real wage rates, and the price
of capital goods is possible. Total factor
productivity measures can also be developed.

“Productivity: Big Challenge for ' l l ” Modern
Manufacturing, January 1971, pp. 48-61.
1.098

Rader, T. “Normally, Factor Inputs Are Never
Gross Substitutes.” Journal o f Political
Economy, Vol. 76, No. 1, January-February
1968, pp. 38-43.

Roman, Zoltan. “Alternative Measures of
Productivity: Examples from Hungarian
In d u s tr y .” Productivity Measurement
Review, No. 43, November 1965. Budapest,
Central Bureau of Statistics, pp. 12-16.

Examines the problems of defining and
measuring capital. Argues in support of the
Harrod-Robinson concept of capital, rejecting
as invalid the “neo-Walrasian” theories
advanced by American economists.

Philpot, G. “Labor Quality, Returns to Scale,
and the Elasticity of Factor Substitution.”
The Review o f Economics and Statistics,
Vol. 52, No. 2, May 1970, pp. 194-199.

Provides a number of yardsticks for
measuring productivity at the company level.
1.093

1.095

Discusses alternative measures of labor
productivity in mining and manufacturing
industries for the period 1958-1963.

Presents a test of the elasticity of substitu
tion between capital and labor in 16 industries.
Even allowing for differences in the quality of
labor, 15 of the 16 industries had the same
elasticity of factor substitution, and 12 showed
constant returns to scale.
1.092

Robinson, Joan, and Naqui, K.A. “The Badly
Behaved Production Function.” Quarterly
Journal o f Economics, Vol. 81, No. 4, pp.
580-591.

Sahota, G. S. “Efficiency of Resource Alloca
tion in Indian Agriculture.” American
Journal o f Agricultural Economics, Vol. 50,
No. 3, August 1968, pp. 584-605.
Presents an analysis of resource allocation in
Indian agriculture. Average and marginal

productivity differences are derived for a
number of inputs in the production of different
crops. Concludes that there are relatively few
inefficiencies in resource allocation in Indian
agriculture.
1.099

1.103

Sahota, G. S. “The Sources of Measured
Productivity Growth: U.S. Fertilizer-Mineral
Industries, 1936-1960.” The Review o f
Economics and Statistics, Vol. 48, No. 2,
May 1966, pp. 193-204.

Examines productivity and the factors
affecting it. Holds that measuring output by
constant dollar sales causes overestimation of
productivity growth. Constructs an incomeprice model to obtain more accurate results.

Shows that in the industries under study a
little less than one-third of the change in the
overall index of output per unit of input is
explained by scale economies and the remainder
by intrafirm technical progress. Of the intrafirm
technical change, about half is accounted for by
improvements in the quality of labor and about
a quarter by improvements in the quality of
capital.

1.100

1.104

Salkin, Jay S. “Land Size and Patterns of
Resource Use and Productivity in South
Vietnam ese Rice Production.” Asian
Economic Review, Vol. 12, No. 2, August
1970, pp. 196-216.

1.105

Samuelson, Paul A. “A Summing Up.”
Quarterly Journal o f Economics, Vol. 80,
No. 4, November 1966, pp. 568-583.

1.106

Sawney, P. K. “Productivity Trends in Indian
Cement Industry.” Asian Economic Review,
Vol. 9, No. 3, May 1967, pp. 255-271.

Solo, Robert A. “The Meaning and Measure of
Economic Progress.” Technology and
Culture, Vol. 9, No. 3, July 1968. pp.
389-414.
Evaluates problems, techniques, and limita
tions implicit in the measurement of economic
progress as an indicator of human welfare and
the quality of culture.

Examines total factor productivity, with an
explanation of methodology. Emphasizes the
sharing of productivity gains by input factors.
Also investigates productivity trends at regional
levels.

Sherrard, William R. “Labor Productivity for
the Firm: A Case Study.” Quarterly Review
o f Economics and Business, Vol. 7, No. 1,
Spring 1967, pp. 49-61.
Presents a case history of labor productivity
in a lumber firm, with the following objectives:
(1) to identify the factors which caused labor
productivity to change; (2) to make inferences
concerning the development of the lumber
industry in the Pacific Northwest; and. (3) to
determine the importance of company-level
labor productivity studies to management and
to economic historians.

Summarizes and interprets results of a
symposium on “reswitching” , papers from
which were reprinted in this issue of the Jounal.
“Reswitching” refers to the possibility that
declining interest rates may cause consumption
to rise relative to saving on a transient basis.
1.102

Shaw, L. H. “Alternative Measures of Aggregate
Inputs and Productivity in Agriculture.”
Journal o f Farm Economics, Vol. 49, No. 3,
August 1967, pp. 670-683.
Asserts that certain inconsistencies exist in
the current measurement of aggregate inputs
and productivity in agriculture. Offers an
alternative way of measuring the components
of aggregate agricultural production which
affords consistent treatment.

Investigates production functions and
patterns of resource use on rice farms of
different sizes in South Vietnam. Argues that
there is overutilization of labor on small farms
and underutilization on larger farms.
1.101

Schwartzman, David. The Decline o f Service in
Retail Trade: An Analysis o f the Growth o f
Sales per Man-Hour, 1929-1963. Study No.
48. Pullman, Wash., College of Economics
and Business, Washington State University,
June 1971.261 pp.

1.107

Stephenson, Samuel S. “A Four-Level Quantita
tive Measurement of Company Produc-

cannot be considered as measures of social
productivity. Such measures would include
changes in the use of past labor, and would
reflect the share of the production sector under
study in the total. Uses input-output methods
to develop what may be interpreted as a
measure of total factor productivity.

tivity.” Productivity Measurement Review,
No. 42, August 1965, pp. 61-69.
Outlines methods for constructing partial
and total factor productivity indexes for
companies and their departments.
1.108

Temin, Peter. “Steam and Waterpower in the
Early 19th Century,” in The Reinterpreta
tion o f American Economic History, Robert
W. Fogel and Stanley T. Engerman, eds. New
York, Harper and Row, 1971. pp. 228-237.

1.112

Examines the use of stationary steam
engines in America around 1840. Explores
characteristics of their supply and draws
comparisons with England. Discusses the
• factors underlying the choice between steam
and water power in various industries.
1.409

Presents views on the functions of Govern
ment in an enterprise system; institutional
factors affecting efficient public expenditure
policy; problems of analysis in evaluating public
expenditure alternatives; the current status of
the planning-programming-budgeting system;
the performance of program budgeting and
analysis in the Federal Government; and a
discussion of unresolved issues in major policy
areas.

Thornton, J. “Value-Added and Factor Produc
tivity in Soviet Industry.” American
Economic Review, Vol. 60, No. 5, December
1970, pp. 863-871.
Develops new estimates of value added in
Soviet industry for the period 1955-67.
Estimates shares of labor and capital. Explains
growth in output from growth in inputs, and
presents estimates of Soviet productivity.

h i 10

1.113

Thurow, Lester C. “Disequilibrium and the
Marginal Productivities of Capital and
Labor.” The Review o f Economics and
Statistics, Vol. 50, No. 1, February 1968,
pp. 23-31.

1.114

Tlusty, Zdenek. “Measuring the Productivity of
Labor from the Standpoint of the Reproduc
tion Process.” Czechoslovak Economic
Papers, No. 5. Prague, Czechoslovak
Academy of Sciences, 1965. pp. 71-89.

U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor
Statistics. BLS Handbook o f Methods for
Surveys and Studies, BLS Bulletin 1711,1971, pp. 213-235.
These four chapters give background and
explain derivation of data on output per
man-hour for the private sector as a whole and
for a variety of industries, discuss the Bureau’s
program of studies of technological change, and
describe the series on labor and material
requirements in construction.

Argues that indexes of productivity based on
the ratio of goods produced to labor inputs

U.S. Congress, Joint Economic Committee. The
Pla nning-Programming-Budgeting System:
Progress and Potentials. Hearings before the
Subcommittee on Economy in Government,
September 14, 19-21, 1967. Washington,
U.S. Government Printing Office, 1967.412
pp.
Presents views of government officials and
academic experts on efficiency in government,
together with budgetary and other pertinent
data.

Argues that estimates of the marginal
productivity of both capital and labor in the
United States suggest a disequilibrium. The
marginal product of capital is smaller than the
actual returns to capital, while the marginal
product of labor is larger than the actual
returns to labor.
1.111

U.S. Congress, Joint Economic Committee. The
Analysis and Evaluation o f Public Expendi
tures: The PPB System. A compendium of
papers submitted to the Subcommittee on
Economy in Government. Washington, U.S.
Government Printing Office, 1969. Three
volumes, 1,241 pp.

1.115

input-output tables, especially at the sector
level.

U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor
Statistics. Industrial Productivity Measure
ment in the United States. Mimeographed.
Office of Productivity, Technology, and
Growth, January 1970. 15 pp.

1.120

D escribes the industrial productivity
program of the U.S. Government. Outlines the
methodology used to develop output per
man-hour measures.
1.116

U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor
Statistics. Meaning and Measurement o f
Productivity, BLS Bulletin 1714, 1971. 15
pp. Contains articles by Jerome A. Mark and
Herbert Stein. Prepared for the National
Commission on Productivity.

The authors demonstrate an optimal solu
tion under conditions of imperfect knowledge
for problems of technological choice in
multi-product capacity situations.
1.121

Explains why productivity increase is
important to the economy, how it is measured,
and why it is difficult to measure.
1.117

1.122

1.123

Yoshihara, K.; Furuya, K.; and Suzuki, T. “The
Problem of Accounting for Productivity
Change in the Construction Price Index.”
Journal o f the American Statistical Associa
tion, Vol. 66, No. 333, March 1971, pp.
33-41.
The authors examine the problem of
estimating a price index for an industry whose
output is not standardized, such as construc
tion. They formulate an input cost and input
productivity index for the Japanese construc
tion industry, and find that the input cost
index increases twice as fast as the input
productivity index. Also find that the input
productivity index approximates a hedonic

Watanabe, Tsunehiko. “A Note on Measuring
Sectoral Input Productivity.” Review o f
Income and Wealth, Vol. 17, No. 4,
December 1971, pp. 335-340.
Explores the relation between total factor
productivity derived from national income
accounts and total factor productivity based on

Worton, David A. “New Productivity Measures
in Canada,” in American Statistical Associa
tion, Proceedings o f the Business and
Economic Statistics Section, 1965, pp.
158-161.
Describes the Canadian government’s
program for measuring productivity.

Van Dussen, P. E. “Aggregate Production
Relationships in Ten Manufacturing Indus
tries in South Africa.” Finance and Trade
Review, Vol. 9, No. 1, June 1970, pp. 21-42.
Fits industry data to a Cobb-Douglas
production function. Uses results to estimate
returns to scale, elasticity of substitution, and
the rate and nature of technological change.

1.119

Wohlmuth, Karl. “The Growth of the Capital
Stock in the Soviet Union.” Kyklos, Vol. 23,
No. l,p p . 122-132.
Presents a review of Soviet Capital Stock,
1928-1962, by Richard Moorsteen and
Raymond P. Powell, in which theories of Soviet
economic growth in general and the lack of
adequate data are critically discussed.

Usher, Dan. “Income as a Measure of
Productivity: Alternative Comparisons of
Agricultural and Nonagricultural Produc
tivity in Thailand.” Economica, Vol. 33, No.
132, November 1966, pp. 430-441.
Discusses possible biases in agricultural
statistics tending to understate productivity in
agriculture. Implicitly criticizes policies pro
moting the transfer of labor out of agriculture
when such policies are based on inadequate or
fallacious statistics.

1.118

Wein, Harold H., and Sreedharan, V.P. The
Optimal Staging and Phasing o f Multi
product Capacity. MSU Studies in Com
parative and Technological Planning. East
Lansing, Mich., Institute for International
Business and Economic Development
Studies, Division of Research, Graduate
School of Business Administration, Michigan
State University, 1968. 131 pp.

output index for a specified type of construc
tion much more closely than an input cost
index.

1.124

2.003

Yotopoulos, P. A.; Lau, J. J.; and Somel, K.
“Labor Intensity and Relative Efficiency in
In d ian
Agriculture.” Food Research
Institute Studies in Agricultural Economics,
Trade and Development, Vol. 9, No. 1,
1970, pp. 43-55.

Discusses the short-run decline in produc
tivity in a number of selected industries
between 1966 and 1967. Attributes part of the
decline to lower utilization of capacity.
2.004

The authors argue that conventional averages
of output per unit of input do not reveal the
relative degree of economic efficiency of large
as against small farms. Production functions
may vary between the two categories or they
may be nonhomothetic. Technical and price
efficiency may differ, and market conditions
faced by these farms may also differ. They use
Indian data to test these arguments. They
propose that efficiency be measured by means
of a decision rule, such as profit maximization.

2.005

Adelman, Edwin, and Ardolini, Charles.
“Productivity in the Soft Drinks Industry.”
Monthly Labor Review, Vol. 93, No. 12,
December 1970, pp. 28-30.
2.006

Ball, Claiborne M. “Employment Effects of
Construction Expenditures.” Monthly Labor
Review, Vol. 88, No. 2, February 1965, pp.
154-158.
Compares the labor requirements, both
on-site and off-site, of single-family housing,
hospital, highway, and various other types of
construction.

Alburo, Florian, A. “Philippine-United States
Industrial Productivity Differences.” The
Philippine Economic Journal, Vol. 9, No. 1,
First Semester, 1970, pp. 1-16.

2.007

Finds that differences in productivity
between countries arise from differences in the
rates at which technological change is absorbed.
Presents evidence from the United States and
the Philippines. Disputes the conventional
theory that the ratio of capital to labor
determines productivity.

Auer, L. “Labor Productivity in Agriculture, A
Canada-U.S. Comparison.” Canadian Journal
o f Agricultural Economics, Vol. 18, No. 3,
November 1970, pp. 43-55.
Contrasts postwar trends in labor produc
tivity in Canada and the United States, finding
Canadian productivity to be 25-35 percent
lower. Urges more concentrated research Li all
aspects of Canadian agricultural economics.

The authors explain that the rapid rise in
productivity in the soft drinks industry
between 1958 and 1968 was a result of large
output increases, technological improvements,
larger establishments, new products, and
increases in capital expenditures.

2.002

Auer, L. Canadian Agricultural Productivity.
Staff Study No. 24. Ottawa, Economic
Council of Canada, December 1969. 101 pp.
Compares the productivity performance of
Canadian and U.S. agriculture, identifies
sources of growth, and explores the potential
for future productivity gains.

II. Measures
2.001

Ardolini, Charles W. “Output Per Man-Hour in
S elected Industries.” Monthly Labor
Review, Vol. 93, No. 3, March 1970, pp.
54-55.

Ball, Claiborne M. Labor and Material Require
ments for Construction o f Federally Aided
Highways, 1958, 1961, and 1964, BLS
Bulletin 299. U.S. Department of Labor,
Bureau of Labor Statistics, 1966. 17 pp.
Estimates the man-hours required, both on
and off the building site, to produce, sell, and
deliver materials for each $1,000 of construc
tion in 1964.

2.008

2.012

Ball, Claiborne M., and Murray, Roland V.
Labor and Material Requirements for Sewer
Works Construction, BLS Bulletin 1490.
U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor
Statistics, 1966. 31 pp.

An empirical analysis of the commercial
banking industry to determine whether any
observed scale economies are related to
specialization of labor.

The authors present estimates of man-hours
required both on and off the building site to
produce, sell, and distribute materials for each
$1,000 of construction in 1962 and 1963.
2.013
2.009

Ball, Robert; Finn, Joseph T.; and Riche,
Martha F. Labor and Material Requirements
for Hospital and Nursing Home Construc
tion!, BLS Bulletin 1691. U.S. Department of
Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics, 1971. 50
pp.

2.014

Bateman, Fred. “Labor Inputs and Productivity
in American Dairy Agriculture, 1850-1910.”
The Journal o f Economic History, Vol. 29,
No. 1, June 1969, pp. 206-229.

2.015

Behman, Sara. Productivity Change for
Carpenters and Other Occupations in the
Building o f Single-family Dwellings, and
Related Policy Issues. Berkeley, Berkeley
Center for Labor Research and Education,
Institute of Industrial Relations, University
of California, April 1971. 199 pp.

Brady, Dorothy, ed. Output, Employment, and
Productivity in the United States After
1800. Studies in Income and Wealth, Vol.
30. New York, National Bureau of
Economic Research, 1966. 660 pp.
A collection of essays dealing with long-term
trends and the data from which they are
derived. Also presents essays on regional
developments and historical aspects of specific
industries, including'the New England textile
industry, petroleum, and metal mining, as well
as on power and the sources of productivity
change.

Develops average physical labor productivity
estimates for carpenters and a group of related
occupations involved in the on-site building of
single-family dwellings in 1930 and 1965 in
Alameda County, California. Author believes
that the findings are applicable in many other
areas as well. Finds that average physical labor
productivity rose 3.2 percent per year over the
period studied. Discusses implications for
manpower policy.

Bossier, W. “An International Interfirm Com
parison: Productivity Methodology for
Foundries.”
Productivity
Measurement
Review, No. 41, May 1965.
Reports on various types of ratios found to
be useful in international comparisons.

Examines the place of dairy farming in
American agriculture. Determines man-hours
used in dairy farming, and derives unit labor
requirements and productivity estimates for
1850-1910, by region.
2.011

Bergson, Abram. Planning and Productivity
Under Soviet Socialism. New York,
Columbia University Press, 1968. 95 pp.
Discusses Soviet productivity levels and
trends as compared to the United States and
other countries, and explains the differences in
terms of education, sex, and attitude dif
ferentials.

The authors estimate the man-hours required
both on and off the building site to produce,
sell, and deliver materials for each $1,000 of
construction in the 1960’s.
2.010

Bell, F.W., and Murphy, N.B. “Economies of
Scale and Division of Labor in Commercial
Banking.” Southern Economic Journal,
Vol. 35, No. 2, October 1968, pp. 131-139.

2.016

Burck, Gilbert. “The Still-Bright Promise of
Productivity.” Fortune, Vol. 78, October
1968, p. 134+.
Discusses productivity in the service indus
tries and the associated measurement problems,
especially of output per man-hour in govern
ment. Also discusses effects of the increasing

2.017

service component of GNP on the total
economy’s productivity.

U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor
Statistics, November 1969. 24 pp.

Bynum, Alice L. Indexes o f Output Per
Man-Hour - Hosiery Industry, 1947-64,
BLS Report 307. U.S. Department of Labor,
Bureau of Labor Statistics, June 1966. 24
pp.

The authors present data relating to output
per man-hour, as well as a study of
technological developments.
2.023

Presents data on productivity and analyzes
the factors affecting it.
2.018

Canada, Dominion Bureau of Statistics.
Aggregate Productivity Trends, 1946 to
1966. Ottawa, Canada, 1967.

Measures the time required to prepare and
inspect poultry using various types of equip
ment and production systems, in order to
determine the optimal characteristics of a
commercial processing plant.

This bulletin presents sector measures of
productivity for Canada, as well as comparisons
with U.S. data.
2.024
2.0L9

Carey, John L. “Output Per Man-Hour in Gray
Iron Foundries.” Monthly Labor Review,
Vol. 92, No. 10, October 1969, pp. 51-52.

2.025

Carey, John L., and Kelly, Terence F. Indexes
o f Output Per Man-Hour, Steel Industry,
1947-65, BLS Report 306. U.S. Department
of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics, June
1966. 25 pp.

Carey, John L., and Kelly, Terence F. Labor
Productivity o f the Steel Industry in the
United States, BLS Report 310. U.S.
Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor
Statistics, July 1966. 36 pp.

2.026

2.027
Carey, John L. and Lyon, Richard W. Gray Iron
Foundries Industry, 1954-66: Indexes o f
Output Per Man-Hour, BLS Bulletin 1636.

Cordtz, Dan. “City Hall Discovers Produc
tivity.” Fortune, Vol. 84, No. 10, October
1971, p. 93 +.
Discusses the rising costs and declining
quantity and quality of municipal services, and
the managerial and technological methods being
adopted to raise productivity of municipal
employees.

The authors analyze changes in output,
employment, and technology to explain labor
productivity between 1947 and 1965.

2.022

Cohn, Edward A., and Waldorf, William H.
“Output Per Man-Hour in Food Manu
facturing.” Marketing and Transportation
Situation, MTS-156. U.S. Department of
Agriculture, Economic Research Service,
February 1965, pp. 30-34.
The authors present and discuss productivity
measures for the food processing industry and
several of its component sectors.

The authors present data on productivity and
analyze the factors affecting it.
2.021

Cleaver, Joe M. “Productivity in an Expanding
Industry.” Monthly Labor Review, Vol. 88,
No. 4, April 1965, pp. 373-377.
Analyzes the major factors affecting produc
tivity in the primary aluminum industry and
presents pertinent indexes.

Discusses output, employment, output per
man-hour, and general characteristics of the
gray iron foundries industry for the period
1954-1966.
2.020

Childs, Rex E. Efficiency in Poultry Eviscera
tion and Inspection Operations, Marketing
Research Report No. 813. U.S. Department
o f Agriculture, Agricultural Research
Service, June 1968. 20 pp.

Dacy, Douglas C. “Productivity and Price
Trends in Construction Since 1947.” The
Review o f Economics and Statistics, Vol. 47,
No. 4, November 1965.

Discusses the lack of direct data to measure
productivity in the construction industry and
presents estimates derived indirectly. Direct
measures fail because the output of the
construction industry is extremely hetero
geneous. Changes in wage rates, man-hours,
pecuniary value of construction, and in
materials, prices serve as the data bases from
which estimates of prices and productivity are
imputed.

2.028

2.032

Examines growth patterns in Western
Europe and the United States between 1958
and 1962. Shows that growth rates were lower
in the United States and the United Kingdom
because they had already absorbed the produc
tivity gains due to employment shifts from
small-scale agriculture to manufacturing that
most of the other countries were still
experiencing during this period.

Daly, D.J.; Keys, B.A.; and Spence, E.J. Scale
and Specialization in Canadian Manufac
turing. Staff Study No. 21. Ottawa,
Economic Council of Canada, 1968. 102 pp.

2.033

Examines the disparity in productivity levels
between the United States and Canada for nine
broad industry groups.
2.029

Daly, D. J., and Walter, D. “Factors in
Canada-United States Real Income and
Wealth.” Review o f Income and Wealth,
Series 13, No. 4, December 1967, pp. 285310.

2.034

Dawson, John. Productivity Change in
Canadian Mining Industries. Staff Study No.
30. Ottawa, Economic Council of Canada,
1971.63 pp.

2.035

Dowie, J. A. “Productivity Growth in Goods
and Services: Australia, U.S.A., U.K.”
Economic Record, Vol. 42, No. 100,
December 1966, pp. 536-554.
Discusses the relative productivity perform
ance of the goods and services sectors in
Australia during the 1950’s. Draws comparisons
with the United States and the United
Kingdom.

Denison, Edward F. “As I See It: American
W orkers are More Productive than
Europeans.” Interview in Forbes, Vol. 104,
No. 1, July 1,1969, pp. 48-50.
Maintains that since the American worker
has more education and has more capital to
work with, he is more productive, and therefore
is justified in asking for significantly higher
wages than his European counterpart.

Dovring, Folke. Productivity o f Labor in
Agricultural Production. University of
Illinois College of Agriculture. Agriculture
Experiment Station Bulletin 726. Urbana,
111., 1967.73 pp.
Examines the behavior of the ratio of farm
output for final use to the sum of direct and
indirect labor used in production since 1919.
Finds an accelerating rate of productivity
change over time.

Measures total factor productivity and
identifies sources of growth since World War II.
2.031

Denison, E. F. Why Growth Rates Differ:
Postwar Experience in Nine Western
Countries. Washington, The Brookings
Institution, 1967. 494 pp.
Estimates the contributions of key growth
variables. Examines and compares the sources
and rates of growth in Europe and the United
States.

The authors discuss the differences in real
output per employed person between Canada
and the United States for 1960. The results
indicate that the level of labor productivity in
Canada was about 20 percent lower than in the
United States.
2.030

Denison, Edward F. “Sources of Postwar
Growth in Nine Western Countries.”
American Economic Review, Vol. 57, No. 2,
May 1967, pp. 325-332.

2.036

Dragonette, Joseph E. Indexes o f Output Per
Employee - Air Transportation Industry,
1947-64, BLS Report 308. U.S. Department
of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics, August
1966. 13 pp.

2.042

Presents data on productivity and analyzes
factors affecting it.
2.037

Dragonette, Joseph E., and Jaynes, Philip W.
“Output Per Man-Hour, Gas and Electric
Utilities.” Monthly Labor Review, Vol. 88,
No. 1, January 1965, pp. 34-39.

Briefly discusses productivity, output,
product uses, changes in manufacturing, tech
nology, capital expenditures, and general
characteristics for the period 1958-66.

The authors analyze factors affecting
productivity and present pertinent indexes.
2.043
2.038

Dragonette, Joseph E., and Myslicki, Chester.
“Air Transport: Trends in Output Per
Employee.” Monthly Labor Review, Vol.
91, No. 2, Feb. 1968, pp. 13-16.

2.044

Duncan, James H. “Old and New Productivity
Techniques Start Closing Gaps.” Columbia
Journal o f World Business, Vol. 4, No. 1,
January-February 1969, pp. 69-76.
2.045

Fehd, Carolyn S. Indexes o f Output Per
Man-Hour — Corrugated and Solid Fiber
Boxes Industry, 1958-1966, BLS Bulletin
1641. U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of
Labor Statistics, December 1969. 19 pp.

2.046

Fehd, Carolyn S. “Output Per Man-Hour in
S elected Industries.” Monthly Labor
Review, Vol. 93, No. 12, December 1970,
pp. 39-40.

Fleming, M. C. “Cost and Prices in the
Northern Ireland Construction Industry
1954-64.” Journal o f Industrial Economics,
Vol. 14, No. 1, November 1965, pp. 42-54.
Describes the derivation of an index of
construction output prices by developing
annual estimates of the value of gross output at
constant prices, based on labor, material,
overhead and profits, and changes in the cost-of
these components.

Reports a general lag in productivity among
30 industries studied by BLS. Discusses the
productivity performance of these industries
between 1947 and 1969.

Fleming, M. C. “Conventional Housebuilding
and the Scale of Operations: A Study of
Prices.” Bulletin. Oxford University Institute
of Economics and Statistics, Vol. 29, No. 2,
May 1967, pp. 109-137.
Presents the results of a study of conven
tional housebuilding in Ireland, assessing the
influence of scale of operations on prices and
labor productivity. Examines the relationship
between prices and size of firm, as well as of
prices and size of contract.

Presents productivity and related indexes.
Discusses changes which have affected produc
tivity.
2.041

Ferris, John W., and Gale, Hazen. “Trends in
Output Per Man-Hour in the Sugar
Industry.” Monthly Labor Review, Vol. 93,
No. 7, July 1970, pp. 32-34.
The authors discuss productivity, output,
employment, technological change, and capital
expenditures.

Discusses reasons for Europe’s productivity
lag behind the United States. Among the
factors responsible are education, social struc
ture, and management’s resistance to change.
2.040

Fehd, Carolyn S. “Productivity in the Petro
leum Pipelines Industry.” Monthly Labor
Review, Vol. 94, No. 4, April 1971, pp.
46-48.
Discusses the major factors affecting produc
tivity, including trends in output and demand
and capital investment.

The authors discuss output and employment
in the air transport industry, they analyze
output per employee for the period 1947-66, as
well as productivity by size of airline and type
of service.
2.039

Fehd, Carolyn S. “Productivity in Corrugated
and Solid Fiber Boxes.” Monthly Labor
Review, Vol. 93, No. 2, February 1970, pp.
64-65.

2.047

2.051

Fuchs, Victor R. “Statistical Analysis of
Productivity in Selected Service Industries in
the United States, 1939-1963.” Review o f
Income and Wealth, Vol. 12, No. 3,
September 1966, pp. 211-344.
E xam ines d iffe re n tia ls in output,
employment, and productivity across 17 service
industries in the United States from 1939 to
1963. Sixteen of these industries show positive
rates of change in real output per man. Thus,
author finds no basis for assuming that
productivity cannot or does not increase in
industries providing services.

2.048

The authors present and analyze data on
output, output per person, and output per
man-hour.
2.052

Fuchs, Victor R., and Wilburn, Jean Alexander.
Productivity Differences within the Service
Sector. Occasional Paper 102. New York,
National Bureau of Economic Research,
1967. 109 pp.
2.053

George, K. D. Productivity in Distribution.
Occasional Papers, No. 8. Cambridge,
England, Cambridge University Press, 1966.
107 pp.
Analyzes the composition of sales, charac
teristics of the labor force, and labor
productivity in retailing, with emphasis on
comparisons between towns of different size
and towns having similar market size.

Gale, Hazen F. “Industry Output, Labor Input,
Value Added, and Productivity Associated
with Food Expenditures.” Agricultural
Economics Research, Vol. 20, No. 4,
October 1968, pp. 113-133.

2.054

R elates
the output represented by
expenditures for farm food in 1947 and 1958
to the total output, labor, and value-added
requirements of all supplier industries
(including trade) within an input-output frame
work. Determines contributions of the various
industries to changes in farm food output and
related variables between 1947 and 1958.

George, K. D. “Productivity in the Distributive
T ra d es.” Bulletin, Oxford University
Institute of Economics and Statistics, Vol.
31, No. 2, May 1969, pp. 61-75.
Examines recent trends in productivity in
the British distributive trades sector, as well as
the relation of output, employment, and
productivity; productivity and growth; and
productivity trends and unemployment.

2.055
2.050

Gale, Hazen F., and Waldorf, William H. Output
Per Man-Hour in Distributing Foods o f Farm
Origin, Bulletin No. 1335. U.S. Department
of Agriculture, Economic Research Service,
April 1965. 24 pp.
The authors describe factors affecting
productivity, and compare food distribution
with other sectors of the economy.

The authors present and analyze data on a
detailed industry basis. They also present a
study of contrasting productivity trends in the
barber and beauty shop industries.

2.049

Gale, Hazen F., and Van Horn, Thomas R.
“ Labor Productivity in Food Distribution.”
Marketing and Transportation Situation,
MTS-168. U.S. Department of Agriculture,
Economic Research Service, February 1968,
pp. 12-20.

Gale, Hazen F. “Output Per Man-Hour in
Selected Industries.” Monthly Labor
Review, Vol. 92, No. 4, April 1969, pp.

Haldi, John. “The Value of Output of The Post
Office Department,” in The Analysis o f
Public Output, by Julius Margolis, ed. New
York, National Bureau of Economic
Research, 1970, pp. 338-387.

66- 68 .
Discusses the valuation and pricing of postal
services under existing technology. Outlines
rate structure, nature of demand, costs, pricing
policies, and externalities. A comment by
William M. Capron follows.

Discusses output, employment, output per
man-hour, and growth in productivity for the
years 1957-67. Presents a table of average
annual rates of growth for selected industries.

2.056

2.061

Hayami, Y., and Ruttan, V.W. “Agricultural
Productivity Differences Among Countries.”
American Economic Review, Vol. 60, No. 5,
December 1970, pp. 895-911.

Discusses the performance of selected
industries in 1970. Presents statistics of average
annual rates of change in output per man-hour
for the 35 industries between 1957 and 1970.

The authors discuss the contribution of
resource endowments, technical inputs, and
human capital to differences in agricultural
output per worker in terms of an inter country,
cross-section production function analysis.
2.062
2.057

Headley, J. C. “Estimating the Productivity of
Agricultural Pesticides.” American Journal
o f Agricultural Economics, Vol. 50, No. 5,
February 1968, pp. 13-23.

2.063

Henneberger, John E., and Ketterling, Virgil H.
Indexes o f Output Per Man-Hour: Radio and
Television Receiving Sets, 1958-66. U.S:
Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor
Statistics, 1966. 27 pp.

2.064
Henneberger, John E., and Gale, Hazen F.
“Productivity in the Major Household
Appliance Industry.” Monthly Labor
Review, Vol. 93, No. 9, September 1970,
pp. 39-42.

2.065

Henneberger, John E. “Productivity Rises as
Radio—T.V. Output Triples in 8 Years.”
Monthly Labor Review, Vol. 92, No. 3,
March 1969, pp. 40-42.

Hilgert, Ronald J. Indexes o f Output Per
Man-Hour - Concrete Products Industry,
1947-63, BLS Report 300. U.S. Department
of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics,
November 1965. 19 pp.
Presents data on productivity, and analyzes
the factors affecting it.

Discusses production, employment and tech
nological changes during the 1958-1966 period,
and the rapid gains in output per man-hour over
this period.

Herman, Shelby W., and Fulco, Lawrence J.
“Productivity and Unit Labor Costs in
1968.” Monthly Labor Review, Vol. 92, No.
6, June 1969, pp. 11-15.
The authors review and analyze trends in
productivity and unit labor costs in the private
economy, and discuss the relationships between
these and other economic factors such as
employment, nonlabor payments, and prices.

The authors discuss the factors affecting
productivity in the major household appliance
industry, 1958-69, individual 'output, popula
tion growth, replacement demand, responses to
the business cycle, capital expenditures, and
changes in technology.
2.060

Herman, Shelby W., and Fulco, Lawrence J.
“Changes in Productivity and Unit Labor
Costs — A Yearly Review.” Monthly Labor
Review, Vol. 94, No. 5, May 1971, pp. 3-8.
The authors review and analyze develop
ments in 1970, and relate them to changes in
employment.

The authors present data bearing upon
productivity together with a discussion of
industry characteristics.
2.059

Herman, Shelby W. “Productivity in the
Railroad Industry,” Monthly Labor Review,
Vol. 93, No. 10, October 1970, pp.,42-43.
Summarizes a BLS study on productivity in
the railroad industry (BLS Report 377).
Econometric techniques based on the CobbDouglas production function were used to
estimate returns to scale and elasticity of
substitution.

Estimates the productivity of expenditures
for agricultural pesticides for 1963. The results
indicate that chemical pesticides are highly
productive inputs.
2.058

Herman, Arthur S. “Output Per Man-Hour in
Selected Industries.” Monthly Labor
Review, Vol. 94, No. 10, October 1971, pp.
59-60.

2.067

Huffstutler, Clyde; Hohenstein, Jeffrey; and
Adelman, Edwin. Indexes o f Output Per
Man-Hour, Motor Vehicles and Equipment,

2.068

1957-66, BLS Bulletin 1613. U.S. Depart
ment of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics,
December 1968. 31 pp.

Commerce, National Bureau of Standards,
Clearinghouse for Federal Scientific and
Technical Information, 1965. 23 pp.

The authors present data bearing upon
productivity in the industry, together with a
discussion of the factors affecting it.

Summarizes and criticizes the Bureau of the
Budget report Measuring Productivity o f
Federal Government Organizations. Concludes
that the report could be extended from five to
most other civilian agencies as well as to some
functions of the Department of Defense.

Jackman, Patrick C. “Unit Labor Costs in Five
Iron and Steel Industries.” Monthly Labor
Review, Vol. 92, No. 8, August 1969, pp.
15-22.

2.073

Compares trends in unit labor costs, output
per man-hour, and hourly compensation in the
United States and four other major steelproducing countries.
2.069

Presents data on productivity and analyzes
the factors affecting it.

Jacks, Frederick G. “Productivity, the Name of
the Game.” The Journal o f Industrial
Engineering, Vol. 19, No. 6, June 1968, pp.
11-13.

2.074

Cites the large gains made in productivity in
the steel industry in the previous 30 years, but
maintains that further advances are necessary to
meet foreign competition.
2.070

Jehring, John J. Increasing Productivity in
Hospitals, A Case Study o f the Incentive
Program at Memorial Hospital o f Long
Beach. Madison School of Business, Center
for the Study of Productivity Motivation,
The University of Wisconsin, 1966. 74 + pp.

2.075

Kendrick, John W. Postwar Productivity Trends
in the United States. Mimeographed. New
York, National Bureau of Economic
Research, 1971 (to be published in 1973).

2.076

Koo, Anthony Y. C. “British and American
Productivity and Regional Patterns of
Exports.” Oxford Economic Papers, Vol. 17,
No. 1, March 1965, pp. 158-163.
Using regression equations, the author
calculates the relative share of British and
American exports to various regions of the
world as a function of their productivity ratios.
Substantial differences in regression coefficients
were found between the regional and the
aggregate equations employed hitherto in such
studies.

Kendrick, John W. Summary and Evaluation o f
Recent Work in Measuring the Productivity
o f Federal Agencies. U.S. Department of

Konopa, Leonard J. “An Analysis of Some
Changes in Retailing Productivity Between
1948 and 1963.” Journal o f Retailing, Vol.
44, No. 3, Fall 1968, pp. 57-67.
Offers some rough productivity estimates for
various forms of retailing. Discusses problems in
defining and measuring productivity in this
sector.

Updates the author’s earlier work, published
in 1961, which traced trends in U.S. produc
tivity from 1889 to 1957. Focuses on
developments in aggregate and industry produc
tivity during the post-World War II period.
2.072

Klotz, Benjamin P., and Herman, Shelby W.
Productivity in the Railroad Industry, BLS
Report 377. U.S. Department of Labor,
Bureau of Labor Statistics, March 1970.32 pp.
The authors develop production functions,
analyze the production structure of the
industry, and discuss key factors which underlie
productivity differences.

Describes the installation and operation of a
savings sharing program, and discusses its
impact on hospital performance.
2.071

Ketterling, Virgil H. Indexes o f Output Per
Man-Hour - Aluminum Rolling and Drawing
Industry, 1958-65, BLS Report 314. U.S.
Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor
Statistics, December 1966. 20 pp.

2.077

The authors examine the interaction of
compensation, output, and output per man
hour in 1969, when unit labor costs rose by 6.3
percent.

Lomax, K. S. “The Measurement and Compari
son of Productivity at Industry Level in
O.E.C.D. Member Countries.” Productivity
Measurement Review, No. 43, November
1965, pp. 7-11.
2.082
Explores international comparisons of
productivity at the industry level, using the
International Standard Industrial Classification
for 14 member countries of the OECD.

2.078

The authors discuss the slowed growth in
productivity in 1965 and 1966, viewing it as a
result of pressures of sustained demand,
contraction in reserve resources, and the need
to hire less skilled labor. They examine the
movement of productivity and unit labor costs
in the major sectors of the economy.

Maddala, G. S. “Productivity and Technological
Change in the Bituminous Coal Industry,
1919-54.” Journal o f Political Economy,
Vol. 73, No. 4, August 1965, pp 352-365.
Analyzes productivity and technological
change in the bituminous coal industry in the
United States by using the technique of
aggregate production functions. Capital input is
measured in terms of horsepower. The rise in
labor productivity is explained almost entirely
by the rise in horsepower per worker.

2.079

2.083

Maddison, Angus. “Comparative Productivity
Levels in the Developed Countries.” Banca
Nazionale Del Lavoro Quarterly Review,
Rome, December 1967.

2.084

2.085

Mark, Jerome A. “Productivity Trends and
Their Implications.” Speech, presented at
the Conference on Productivity and
Progress, American Institute of Industrial
Engineers,
at
Florida
Technological
University, Orlando, Florida, March 13,
1971. 16 pp.

Miller, Stanley F., and Rothberg, Herman J.
Labor and Material Requirements for
College Housing Construction, BLS Bulletin
1441. U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of
Labor Statistics, May 1965. 34 pp.t
The authors estimate the man-hours
required, both on and off the building site, to
produce, sell, and distribute materials for each
$1,000 of construction in 1961.

2.086

Mark, Jerome A., and Herman, Shelby W.
“Recent Changes in Productivity and Unit
I^bor Costs.” Monthly Labor Review, Vol.
93, No. 5, May 1970, pp. 28-32.

Miller, Stanley F. “Labor and Material
Required for College Housing.” Monthly
Labor Review, Vol. 88, No. 9, September
1965,pp. 1100-1104.
Presents estimates of on-site and off-site
labor requirements, cost of materials and direct
wages, and construction time required for
college housing projects.

Holds that productivity provides a means for
all groups to have a larger share of the Nation’s
product without taking from one group to give
to another.
2.081

McCloskey, S. N. “Productivity Change in
British Pig Iron, 1870-1939.” Quarterly
Journal o f Economics, Vol. 82, No. 2, May
1968, pp. 281-296.
Assesses the causes of productivity lags in a
comparison of British and U.S. productivity.

Discusses levels of output, purchasing power,
U.S. exchange rates, output per person, GNP,
and consumption per person in ten developed
nations.
2.080

Mark, Jerome A., and Ziegler, Martin. “Recent
Developments in Productivity and Unit
Labor Costs.” Monthly Labor Review, Vol.
90, No. 10, May 1967, pp. 26-29.

Moss, Fred T. Indexes o f Output Per Man-Hour
- Footwear Industry, 1947-63. U.S. Depart
ment of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics,
July 1965. 17 pp.
Presents data on productivity and analyzes
the factors affecting it.

2.087

Moss, Fred T. “Output Per Man-Hour in the
F ootw ear Industry.” Monthly Labor
Review, Vol. 89, No. 4, April 1966, pp.
401-404.

2.092

Finds that productivity increased relatively
slowly between 1947 and 1964. Growth was
hampered by competition from increasing
imports and the necessity of short production
runs.

Discusses and takes issue with data showing
a declining tendency in the capital-output ratio.
Develops data showing that the ratio has
continued to rise.
2.093

2.088

Myslicki, Chester. “Report on Productivity
Increases in the Auto Industry.” Monthly
Labor Review, Vol. 92, No. 3, March 1969,
pp. 37-39.

2.094

National Commission on Food Marketing.
Organization and Competition in the Dairy
Industry. Technical Study No. 3. Washing
ton, U.S. Government Printing Office, June
1962.409 pp.

2.095

Nelson, Richard R. “A Diffusion Model of
International Productivity Differences in
M an u factu rin g Industries.” American
Economic Review, Vol. 58, No. 5, December
1968, pp. 1219-1248.

Organization for Economic Cooperation and
Development. The Comparative Measure
ment o f Productivity in the European
Paper-Making Industry. Paris, OECD, 1965.
69 pp.
2.096
Presents productivity measures for a sample
of European factories.

Remery, R. “International Inter-Firm Compari
son in the Domestic Heating and Cooking
Appliance Industry.” Productivity Measure
ment Review, No. 43, November 1965, pp.
17-98.
Reports on a survey conducted by the
OECD of domestic heating and cooking
appliance industries in five countries (Federal
Republic of Germany, Austria, Belgium, France,
and Italy). Comparability ratios were obtained
based on taxes, social charges, labor conditions,
depreciation, and overtime charges. The use of
these ratios made management more familiar
with the industry and with related industries, as
well as with new methods of interfirm
comparisons.

Examines certain difficulties with existing
formal theory purporting to explain inter
national differences in manufacturing produc
tivity. Presents an empirical analysis of
Colom bian—U.S. productivity differences,
which tends to modify current theories.
2.091

Pratten, C., and Silbertson, A. “International
Comparisons of Labour Productivity in the
Automobile Industry, 1950-1965.” Bulletin,
Oxford University Institute of Economics
and Statistics, Vol. 29, No. 4, November
1967, pp. 373-394.
The authors discuss problems of produc
tivity measurement in the automobile and
component industries.

Contains indexes of output, man-hours
worked and output per man-hour in the fluid
milk industry from 1958 to 1964.
2.090

Piakash, Piem. “Relationship Between Size and
Productivity in Selected Indian Industries.”
Asian Economic Journal, Vol. 11, No. 3,
May 1969, pp. 237-248.
Using output-capital ratios and profitability
ratios derived from Indian census data, the
author investigates the relation between
productivity and firm size. Finds that in the
nine industries studied, productivity increases
with firm size.

Reviews changes in production and employ
ment over the 1957-1966 period and their
relation to output per man-hour measures for
the industry. Also discusses changes in
technology.
2.089

Perlo, Victor. “Capital-Output Ratios in Manu
facturing.” Quarterly Review o f Economics
and Business, Vol. 8, No. 3, Autumn 1968,
pp. 29-42.

Renten, Henry, and Walker, James F. Labor
and Material Requirements for School
Construction, BLS Bulletin 1586. U.S.

Examines the economic efficiency of the
airline transportation industry since World War
II. Discusses production functions and produc
tivity.

Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor
Statistics, June 1968. 23 pp,
The authors estimate the man-hours
required, both on and off the building site, to
produce, sell, and deliver materials for each
$1,000 of construction in 1964-65.
2.097

2.102

2.103

Southard, Leland. “Labor Productivity in Food
Manufacturing.” Marketing and Transporta
tion Situation MTS-171. U.S. Department of
Agriculture, Economic Research Service,
November 1968, pp. 16-20.
2.104

Spatz, Laura H. Indexes o f Output Per
Man-Hour - Man-Made Fibers Industry,
1957-63. U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau
of Labor Statistics, October 1965. 20 pp.

Strassman, W. P. “Construction Productivity
and Employment in Developing Countries.”
International Labour Review, Vol. 101, No.
5, May 1970, pp. 503-518.

2.3 05 United Nations Economic Commission for
Europe. Principal Factors Affecting Labor
Productivity Trends in the Iron and Steel
Industry. New York, United Nations, 1969.
200 pp.

Examines reasons for the changing intensity
of interest in construction in the 1950’s and
1960’s. Discusses recent behavior of the sector
with respect to productivity, innovation, and
employment in developing countries.
2.101

Seeks to explain international differences in
productivity and related data revealed in a 1967
study by presenting additional statistics and by
analyzing productivity in terms of a larger
variety of underlying factors.

Straszheim,Mahlon R. The International
Airline Industry. Brookings Institution
Transport Research Program. Washington,
The Brookings Institution, 1969. 297 pp.

United Nations Statistical Commission and
E conom ic Commission for Europe.
Methodological Problems o f International
Comparison o f Levels o f Labor Productivity
in Industry. Conference of European Statis
ticians. Statistical Standards and Studies,
No. 21. New York, United Nations, 1971.
102 pp.
Deals with the general methodological
problems arising in comparisons of labor
productivity in industry. Details the specific
problems encountered in comparisons relating
to individual branches of industry.

Presents data on productivity and analyzes
the factors affecting it.

2.100

United Nations Economic Commission for
Europe. International Comparisons o f Labor
Productivity in the Iron and Steel Industry.
New York, United Nations, 1967. 29 pp.
Briefly analyzes productivity and related
data for five European countries and the United
States. Discusses measurement problems.

Presents and briefly discusses productivity
measures for the food processing industry and
several of its sectors.
2.099

Week,

Discusses the decline in U.S. productivity in
1969, stressing the uncharacteristic economic
growth accompanying it. Blames the situation
on hoarding of labor and lack of incentive in a
market where jobs are easy to obtain. Predicts
rising unemployment for 1970.

R ich e, Martha Farnsworth. “Man-Hour
Requirements Decline in Hospital Construc
tion.” Monthly Labor Review, Vol. 93, No.
11, November 1970, p. 48.
Discusses direct and indirect labor require
ments for hospital construction for 1960 and
1966. Compares labor requirements for hospital
construction with other construction industries.

2.098

“The New Inefficiency.” Business
September 20, 1969, p. 45.

2.106

United Nations Economic Commission for
Europe. Productivity o f Underground Coal

2.110

Workings. New York, United Nations, 1965.
189 pp.
Presents productivity indexes and related
data. Describes the coal mining industries of the
countries participating in the study and the
technological changes that have taken place in
the industry.
2.107

A chartbook covering trends in productivity,
and their relation to other economic trends.
2.111

U.S. Department of Agriculture, Economic
Research Service. Changes in Farm Produc
tion and Efficiency, A Summary Report.
Statistical Bulletin 233. Annual. Washington,
U.S. Government Printing Office.
An annual report presenting major statistical
series on farm production, production inputs,
and efficiency. Also provides the latest
information for appraising changes in farm
inputs and practices, improvement in labor
p ro d u c tiv ity , and progress of farm
mechanization.

2.108

U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor
Statistics. “Comparative International Labor
Cost and Productivity,” in United States
International Economic Policy in an Inter
dependent World. Papers submitted to the
Commission on International Trade and
Investment Policy, Vol. 1. Washington, U.S.
Government Printing Office, July 1971. pp.
535-546.

2.112

Waldorf, William H. “Labor Productivity in
F ood W holesaling and
R etailing,
1929-1958.” The Review o f Economics and
Statistics, Vol. 48, No. 1, February 1966,
pp. 88-110.
Presents estimates of the rate of growth of
output and labor productivity in food whole
saling and retailing based on various measures
of output. These include an index of gross
output and two indexes of net output, a
double-deflated value-added series, and a
margin-weighted series.

2.113

U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor
Statistics. Indexes o f Output Per Man-Hour,
Selected Industries, 1939 and 1947(annually since 1953).

“Why It’s So Tough to Boost Productivity.”
Business Week, July 25, 1970, p. 64 +.
Discusses the decline in U.S. productivity in
1970. Shows that traditional ways of boosting
productivity, such as raising capital investment,
are not justified when sales are off and the
outlook for the economy is bleak.

Presents indexes of productivity, output,
employment, man-hours, and unit labor
requirements in manufacturing and nonmanu
facturing industries, together with a description
of methods used in arriving at the figures and
an analysis of current trends.

U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor
Statistics. “Productivity and Unit Labor
Costs in Export and Import-Competing
Industries, 1958-68,” in United States
International Economic Policy in an Inter
dependent World. Papers submitted to the
Commission on International Trade and
Investment
Policy and published in
conjunction with the Commission’s Report
to
the
President.
Washington, U.S.
Government Printing Office, July 1971. Vol.
l,p p . 507-533.
Examines trends in output per man-hour and
unit labor costs in two groups of manufacturing
industries: those in which exports are an
important part of domestic output, and those
in which imports are an important part of new
supply (domestic output plus imports).

Reports that the United States as a whole
maintained a favorable unit labor cost position
during the 1960’s even though raises in hourly
compensation were not offset by productivity
gains as much as in other countries. Provides a
special comparison of iron and steel industries.

2.109

U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor
Statistics. Productivity and the Economy,
BLS Bulletin 1710. 1971.35 pp.

2.114

Woodhall, Maureen, and Blaug, Mark. “Produc
tivity Trends in British Secondary Educa-

terms of rates of return on the investment
in human capital. Presents theoretical and
empirical analyses.

tion, 1950-63.” Sociology o f Education, Vol.
41, No. 1, Winter, 1968. pp. 1-35.
The authors develop a number of alternative
output measures for education and construct
productivity indexes. They conclude that
regardless of the output measure used,,
productivity in British secondary education
declined between 1950 and 1963.
2.115

3.003

Ziegler, Martin. “Productivity in Manufac
turing.” Monthly Labor Review, Vol. 90,
No. 10, October 1967, pp. 1-5.
Discusses productivity for the period
1947-66. Explains the rise in productivity as
reflecting the cumulative influence of invest
ment in human resources and capital equip
ment, advances in technology, managerial skills,
and interindustry shifts within the manufac
turing sector. Also discusses long-term trends,
effects of the business cycle, movement in unit
labor costs, and real labor income in the sector.

Develops a production function for
human capital and examines its relation
to the life cycle of earnings.
3.004

III. Factors affecting productivity
A. Labor and education

Bartsch, W. H. “The Industrial Labor
Force of Iran: Problems of Recruit
ment, Training and Productivity.” The
Middle East Journal, Vol. 25, No. 1,
Winter 1971, pp! 15-30.
3.006

Besen, S. M. “Education and Productivity
in U.S. Manufacturing: Some CrossSection Evidence.” Journal o f Political
Economy, Vol. 76, No. 3, May-June
1968, pp. 494-497.

Bjeda, K. “The Pattern of Education and
E conom ic G ro w th .” Economic
Record, Vol. 46, No. 115, September
1970, pp. 368-383.
Discusses limitations of studies of
education as an investment in human
capital in terms of patterns, content, and
quantity of education in various countries
in the postwar period. Correlates changes
in education with changes in the rate of
growth of GNP.

Becker, Gary S. Human Capital: A Theo
retical and Empirical Analysis, with
Special Reference to Education. New
York, National Bureau of Economic
Research, 1965. 187 pp.
3.007

Examines activities-particularly onthe-job training and schooling—that in
crease worker qualifications and the
effects these activities have on income in

Reports the results of an attempt to
assess the role of labor force quality, as
measured by educational attainment, in
explaining interstate productivity dif
ferentials in manufacturing.

Attributes Iran’s productivity growth
almost entirely to improvements in
capital quality and quantity, holding that
there has been negligible growth in labor
quality due to a lack of vocational train
ing and management’s hiring of cheap
rather than capable labor.
3.002

Bertram, Gordon W. The Contribution o f
Education to Economic Growth. Staff
Study 12. Ottawa, Economic Council
of Canada, 1965.
E xam ines econom ic aspects
expanded and improved education.

3.005

3.001

Ben-Porath, Yoram. “The Production of
Human Capital and the Life Cycle of
E a rn in g s.” Journal o f Political
Economy, Vol. 75, No. 4, Part I,
August, 1967. pp. 352-365.

Blaug, M., ed. Economics o f Education,
Selected Readings, Volumes I and II.
Baltimore, Penguin Books, 1968, Vol.
1,441 pp.; Vol. 2, 396 pp.

Contains surveys of the pertinent
literature and essays on the concept of
investment in human capital, cost-benefit
analysis of educational expenditures, and
manpower forecasting.

The authors suggest new census tabula
tions to permit more sophisticated appli
cation of human capital concepts to
migration.
3.011

3.008

Bowles, S. S. “The Aggregation of Labor
Inputs in the Study of Growth and
Planning: Experiments with a TwoLevel CES Function.” Journal o f Poli
tical Economy, Vol. 78, No. 1,
January-February 1970, pp. 68-81.

A critique in the form of a review
article of the contribution of economics
to educational planning in developing
countries. Upholds the universities as
centers of creative thought, and opposes
as being futile attempts to quantify the
knowledge they generate in terms of rates
of return.

Develops a labor service index based
on the aggregate supply of labor having
different levels of schooling. Estimates a
two-level constant elasticity of substitu
tion function, using international crosssectional data on relative earnings and
factor supplies. Finds a consistent but
quantitatively small relationship between
relative factor earnings and relative factor
supplies.
3.009

3.012

Bowman, Mary Jean. “The Human Invest
m ent R ev o lu tio n in Economic
Thought,” in Economics o f Education,
Selected Readings, M. Blaug, ed.
Baltimore, Penguin Books, 1968, pp.
101-134.

3.013

Bowman, M. J., and Myers, R. G.
“Schooling, Experience, and Gains and
Losses in Human Capital Through
Migration.” Journal o f the American
Statistical Association, Vol. 62, No.
319, September 1967, pp. 875-898.

Feldstein, M. S. “Specifications of Labor
Input in the Aggregate Production
Function.” Review o f Economic
Studies, Vol. 34(4), No. 100, October
1967, pp. 375-386.
Explores the importance of improving
the specification of labor input by
allowing the elasticity of output with
respect to the humber of employees to
differ from the elasticity with respect to
the average number of hours per em
ployee. Discusses the implications of such
inequality for economic analysis and
policy, and suggests reasons why output
elasticity with respect to hours may
substantially exceed that with respect to
number of employees.

The authors apply concepts of human
capital to migration through use of costbenefit models. The models take as their
point of departure “individual” view
points but are transformed into social
decision models by readjusting para
meters to allow for cost and income
tra n sfe rs, by replacing individually
expected earnings by socially expected or
realized productive contributions, and by
applying probability values to allow for
rates of return or nonreturn of migrants.

Engerman, Stanley L. “Human Capital,
Education, and Economic Growth,” in
The Reinterpretation o f American
Economic History, Robert W. Fogel
and Stanley T. Engerman, eds. New
York, Harper and Row, 1971. pp.
241-256.
Analyzes problems in the estimation
of the costs and benefits of education.
Shows how the rate of return on educa
tion may be measured.

A survey of the recent literature and a
critical interpretation of leading ideas.
3.010

Enarson, Harold L. “Education and the
Wealth of Nations.” Monthly Labor
Review, Vol. 90, No. 3, March 1967,
pp. 21-24.

3.014

Gintis, Herbert. “Education, Technology,
and the Characteristics of Worker

Presents Von Thuenen’s views on
human capital. Von Thuenen treated
human beings with the definitional
schemes of capital, attempted to explain
the influence of education on labor
productivity, and suggested opportune
policy measures, particularly in the area
of conscription.

Productivity.” American Economic
Review, Vol. 61, No. 2, May 1971, pp.
266-279.
Argues that schools contribute to
worker productivity, not through their
academic efforts, but rather by encourag
ing personality characteristics conducive
to favorable performance in a work role.
3.015

3.019

Hansen, W. Lee, ed. Education, Income,
and Human Capital Studies in Income
and Wealth, Vol. 35. New York,
N a tio n al B ureau o f Economic
Research, 1970. 320 pp.

Presents the results of a survey in
which American firms were requested to
compare the labor time required per unit
of output in their operations in the
United States with their operations
abroad under similar organizational con
ditions and degrees of mechanization.

A compendium of papers examining
the interrelationships among education,
income distribution, and production.
3.016

Hartley, K. “The Learning Curve and
Aircraft
Industry.”
Journal
of
Industrial Economics, Vol. 13, No. 2,
March 1965, pp. 122-128.
3.020

Argues that economies of learning
result from applying direct labor to a
complex task, so that the more often the
job is repeated the more the worker will
learn. Draws on experience in the aircraft
industry. Explains the use of learning
curves in estimating average direct labor
costs for a given output, and examines
the implications of learning for the con
cept of capacity.

3.017

Kiker, B. F. Human Capital in Retros
p ect. Columbia, South Carolina,
Bureau of Business and Economic
R esearch , U niversity of South
Carolina, 1968. 142 pp.
3.021

Levenson, Irving F. “Reductions in Hours
of Work as a Source of Productivity
Growth.”
Journal
of
Political
Economy, Vol. 75, No. 2, April 1967,
pp. 199 ff.
Discusses critically a 1947 study by
the Bureau of Labor Statistics on the
relation between hours of work and
output.

Kiker, B. F. “Von Thuenen on Human
Capital.” Oxford Economic Papers,
Vol. 21, No. 3, November 1969, pp.
339-343.

Kuznets, Simon. “The Contribution of
Immigration to the Growth of the
Labor Force.” The Reinterpretation o f
American Economic History, Robert
W. Fogel and Stanley T. Engerman,
eds. New York, Harper and Row,
1971, pp. 396-401.
Studies immigration to the United
States before restriction. Discusses the
importance of immigration to the labor
force and considers the importance of
human capital to economic growth.
Schooling and training in skills, received
by immigrants in their countries of origin,
represented a large capital inflow to the
United States.

Summarizes and appraises the methods
of human capital evaluation which have
appeared historically, and the uses to
which the human capital concept has
been put.
3.018

Kreinin, Mordechai E. “Comparative
Labor Effectiveness and the Leontief
Scarce-Factor Paradox.” American
Economic Review, Vol. 55, No. 1,
March 1965, pp. 131-140.

3.022

Levhari, D. “Further Implications of
Learning by Doing.” Review o f
Economic Studies, Vol. 33 (1), No.
93, January 1966, pp. 31-38.

ment o f Personnel Quarterly, Vol. 9,
No. 2, Summer 1970, pp. 26-32.
Arguing that knowledge of work
results may enable the worker to attain
personal goals and to satisfy higher level
needs, the author evaluates the effective
ness of using knowledge-of-results tech
niques in a unionized industrial setting in
terms of their impact upon productivity.

Explores certain implications of the
“learning by doing” hypothesis advanced
by Arrow in the Review o f Economic
Studies, June 1962. Discusses the diver
gence between social and private returns
and the resulting divergence between
income distributions implicit in Arrow’s
hypothesis. Among the findings is a
measure of the magnitude of the subsidy
required to bring social and private returns
to equality.
3.023

3.026

Mathewson, Stanley B. Restriction o f
Ouput Among Unorganized Workers.
Carbondale, 111., Southern Illinois
University Press, 1969. 212 pp.

The authors present and discuss statis
tical findings from a sample survey of the
productive use of time among American
families, in both paid and unpaid pur
suits, as well as of their reaction to
change.

Reissue of a classic first published in
1931, presenting case studies of un
organized workers’ resistance to maintain
ing given output standards or to increas
ing output, and the reasons for it. Finds
such resistance as widespread among the
unorganized as it was thought to be
among organized workers.
3.024

3.027

Merrett, S. “The Rate of Return to
E ducation: A Critique.” Oxford
Economic Papers, Vol. 18, No. 3,
November 1966, pp. 289-303.

3.028

National Productivity Council of India.
Role o f Labor in Productivity. NPC
Report No. 46. New Delhi, National
Productivity Council, March 1966. 73
pp.
The report of an Indian study team
sent to the United States to evaluate the
contribution made by workers to produc
tivity advance.

3.029
Migliore, Henry R. “Improving Worker
Productivity through Communicating
Knowledge of Work Results.” Manage

Musgrave, P.W. Technical Change, the
Labor Force, and Education: A Study
o f the British and German Iron and
Steel Industries, 1860-1964. New
York, Pergamon Press, 1967. 286 pp.
Explores the types of economic and
technical change which most strongly
affect education, and how education may
best promote change.

Asserts that the positive correlation
between education and other deter
minants of earning power will exaggerate
the importance of education in any
simple bivariate analysis. The use of the
current pattern of earnings as a measure
of differential productivities ignores such
factors as age differentials, which have
been determined in fact by past changes
in relative supply conditions, or poor pay
in some occupations, which may reflect
transient demand conditions.
3.025

Morgan, James N.; Sirageldin, Ismail; and
B aerw ald t, N ancy. P ro d u ctive
Americans: A Study o f How Individ
uals Contribute to Economic Progress.
Survey Research Center Monograph
No. 43. Ann Arbor, The University of
Michigan, 1966. 545 pp.

Nelson, Richard R., and Phelps, Edmund
S. “Investment in Humans, Techno
logical Diffusion, and Economic
G ro w th .” A m e ric a n Econom ic

Review, Vol. 56, No. 2, May 1966, pp.

The authors present some empirical
findings about peasant agriculture which
cannot be reconciled by traditional price
theory.

69-75.
The authors hold that the more rapid
the rate of technological discovery in an
economy, the higher the payoff of in
creased education, since more educated
managers are more receptive to innovative
possibilities—implying that society should
develop more human capital relative to
tangible capital.
3.030

3.034

Examines reasons for the rise in levels
of skills in the labor force. Finds that the
rise is closely associated with shifts
towards industries requiring higher skills.

Novikov, H. “Problems in the Effective
Utilization of Labor Resources.”
Problems o f Economics, Vol. 12, No.
10, February 1970, pp. 72-88.

3.035

Discusses a broad range of problems
bearing upon factors influencing labor
productivity in the Soviet Union.
3.031

3.036

Pandit, N. H., ed. Measurement o f Cost
Productivity and Efficiency in Educa
tion. New Delhi, National Council of
Educational Research and Training,

1969. 434 pp.

3.037
Price, J. E., and Etherington, D. M. “The
P arad o x of Surplus Agricultural
Labour and Positive Marginal Produc
tiv ity o f Labour.” The Indian
Economic Journal, Vol. 13, No. 5,
April-June 1966, pp. 682-687.

Rapping, Leonard. “Learning and World
War II Production Functions.” The
Review o f Economics and Statistics,
Vol. 57, No. 1, February 1965, pp.
80-86.
Discusses the sharp rise in shipbuilding
productivity during World War II,
emphasizing the role of organizational
and individual learning resulting from
accumulated production experience.

A collection of 32 papers discussing
methods of costing, measurement of
efficiency, economic criteria for invest
ment, productivity, and problems in
measuring cost-benefit relations in educa
tion.
3.033

R aim on, Robert L., and Stoikov,
Vladimir. “The Quality of the Labor
Force.” Industrial and Labor Relations
Review, Vol. 20, No. 3, April 1967,
pp. 391 ff.
Using the average earnings of occupa
tional groups as a measure of the
economic efficiency of their members,
the authors undertake to evaluate the
degree of improvement of the quality of
the labor force in recent years. They find
that from 1956 through 1964, the quality
of employed workers increased less than
3 percent, with most of the increase
resulting from the decline in the number
of farmers and farm laborers.

Organization for Economic Cooperation
and Development (Study Group in the
E conom ics of Education). The
R e sid u a l Factor and Economic
Growth. Paris, OECD, 1964. 275 pp.
Four papers with comment on the
nature and sources of economic growth
and te c h n ic a l progress and the
importance of educational investment.

3.032

Raimon, Robert L. “Changes in Produc
tivity and the Skill-Mix.” International
Labour Review, Vol. 92, No. 4,
October 1965, pp. 314-324.

Rosenberg, Jerry M. Automation, Man
power, and Education. New York,
Random House, 1966.179 pp.
Outlines the responsibilities of educa
tors in helping to alleviate economic
hardships caused by rapidly changing

technology. Discusses government and
business responses to educational needs
arising from such change.
3.038

period. Finds that pertinent estimates by
Denison overstate the improvement for
the 1930-60 period.

Schroeder, Gertrude. “Labor Planning in
the U.S.S.R.” Southern Economic
Journal, Vol. 32, No. 1, July 1965, pp.
1-14.

3.051

States that planning related +o the
management of human resources has
increased in scope and complexity in the
U .S .S .R . as industrialization has
accelerated. There is a wide discrepancy
between plans and results because in
creases in population and labor force are
frequently underestimated while increases
in productivity and wages are usually
overestimated.
3.039

Introduces a human capital term into
the standard Cobb-Douglas function, con
taining measurable characteristics such as
age and education.
3.052

Schultz, Theodore W. “Capital Formation
by Education,” in The Reinterpreta
tion o f American Economic History,
Robert W. Fogel and Stanley T.
Engerman, eds. New York, Harper and
Row, 1971. pp. 241-256.

3.053

Schultz, Theodore W. Investment in Poor
People. Seminar on Manpower Policy
and Program. U.S. Department of
L abor, Manpower Administration,
1967. 25 pp.

3.054

“Shortage of Workers Cramps Soviet
Muscle.” Business Week, March 21,
1970, p. 50+.
Discusses the problem of inefficiency
and waste in the Soviet Union. Explains
how political considerations have forced
plant managers to overstaff in the face of
labor shortages for new industry. Points
to growing emphasis on productivity and
incentives for both management and
labor.

Schwartzman, David. “The Contribution
of Education to the Quality of Labor,
1 9 2 9 -6 3 .” A m e ric a n Economic
Review, Vol. 58, No. 3, June 1968,
pp. 508-514.
Presents estimates of improvements in
educational attainment over the 1929-63

Sen, A. K. “Labor Allocation in a
Cooperative Enterprise.” Review o f
Economic Studies, Vol. 33, No. 96,
October 1966, pp. 4-96.
F inds th a t income distribution
according to “needs” tends to produce an
underallocation of labor, and distribution
according to “work” or productivity
produces an overallocation of labor.
Optimum allocation requires a mixture of
the two distribution methods.

Using rate of return as a criterion for
evaluating the efficiency of investment,
the author concludes that there has been
great underinvestment in human capital,
particularly among the poor. Offers an
explanation for this misallocation of
resources.
3.050

Sellers, Walter E., Jr. Labor Used on U.S.
Farms, 1964 and 1966. Rev., October
1970. Statistical Bulletin No. 456.
U .S. Department of Agriculture,
Economic Research Service, 1970. 23
pp.
Examines labor inputs by region, farm
size, and farm type. Presents estimates of
hours of labor used per $100 of farm
products sold, by type of farm.

Describes problems in estimating the
costs and benefits of education. Shows
how the rate of return on education may
be measured.
3.040

Scully, Gerald W. “Human Capital and
Productivity in U.S. Manufacturing.”
Western Economic Journal, Vol. 7,
No. 4, December 1969, pp. 334-340.

3.055

Examines statements made by British
observers in the 1850’s on labor scarcity
and industrial efficiency in the United
States. Discusses the inadequacy of these
observations in light of empirical data,
and of relative factor proportions of
technologies referred to by those
observers.

Singer, H.W. “The Notion of Human
In v e s tm e n t.” Review o f Social
Economy, Vol. 24, No. 1, March
1966, pp. 1-14.
Shows that changes in the relative
levels of economic and social develop
ment result from a number of structural
and fu n c tio n a l relations between
economic and social factors. Argues that
there is a “social profile” made up of
social components more strongly linked
to one another than to economic levels.
Construction of social profiles is inhibited
by lack of adequate social indicators.

3.056

3.060

Discusses the “human investment
revolution” in economic thought of the
past decade.

Stoikov, Vladimir. “Productivity and the
Quality of the International Labor
Force.” British Journal o f Industrial
Relations, July 1968, pp. 156-165.

3.061

The author assigns weights to various
sectors of the labor force for 37 countries
to show how quality measurement of
labor improves productivity estimates.
3.057

Sutermeister, Robert A., ed. People and
Productivity. New York, McGraw-Hill,
1969. 511 pp.
3.062

Sveikauskas, Leo. “Influences on Produc
tivity.” MSU School o f Labor and
Industrial Relations, Spring Quarter,
1971, pp. 5-6.
Reviews a study of major factors in
productivity improvement. Concludes
that the proportion of professionals and
technicians and levels of skill represent
the most important influences on produc
tivity, followed by the relation of capital
to labor and the age of the capital stock.

3.059

U.S. Congress, House. Committee on
Science and Astronautics, Sub
committee on Science, Research, and
Development. New Technology in
Education. Selected References. Com
piled by the Education and Public
W elfare D ivision, Congressional
Research Service, Library of Congress.
Washington, U.S. Government Printing
Office, 1971. 140 pp.
Includes citations relating to (1) issues,
problems, and future uses of educational
technology; (2) the uses of a variety of
specific media; and (3) alternative
methods of organizing instruction.

Temin, Peter. “Labor Scarcity and the
P roblem of American Industrial
Efficiency in the 1850’s.” The Journal
o f Economic History, Vol. 26, No. 3,
September 1966, pp. 277-298.

Tjioe, B. Khing, and Burns, Leland S.
“Housing and Productivity: Causality
and Measurement,” in Proceedings o f
the Social Statistics Section, American
Statistical Association, 1966, pp.
155-160.
The authors explore the relation
between the productivity of workers and
changes in the quality of their housing.

Discusses sociological and psycho
logical factors that influence produc
tivity.
3.058

Terreblanche, S. J. “The Relative Con
tribution of Tangible and Human
C apital Formation to Economic
Growth.” South African Journal o f
Economics, Vol. 38, No. 1, March
1970.

3.063

Waud, R. N. “Man-Hour Behavior in U.S.
Manufacturing: A Neoclassical Inter
p r e ta tio n .” Journal o f Political
Economy, Vol. 76, No. 3, May-June
1968, pp. 407-427.

Investigates the movement of produc
tion worker man-hours at the 2-digit SIC
level for manufacturing industries for
1954-64, using labor costs and capital
prices as explanatory variables. Estimates
elasticity of man-hours with respect to
real hourly labor costs and capital costs.
3.064

hours, occur as employers attempt to
coordinate their labor inputs and produc
tion schedules in response to variations in
the demand for their product. Hence, the
workweek is a useful indicator of labor
shortages or surpluses.

Weinberg, Edgar. Improving Productivity:
Labor and Management Approaches,
BLS Bulletin 1715. U.S. Department
of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics,
September 1971.35 pp.

B. Management and organization

3.068

Describes efforts by labor and manage
ment to provide training opportunities,
make greater use of worker know-how,
establish more satisfactory work rules,
and institute more effective work
incentives. Cites experiences of a crosssection of American industries.
3.065

Traces public and private efforts to
spur industrial productivity in Japan, and
the relationship of these efforts to
Japan’s economic growth. Among major
topics are international exchange of study
team s, management training, small
business development, labor-management
relations, research, and information
activities.

Welch, F. “Education in Production.”
Journal o f Political Economy, Vol. 78,
No. 1, January-February 1970, pp.
35-39.
3.069
Explores the reasons why the demand
for and the rate of return on education
have been maintained, even though the
supply of highly educated workers has
increased greatly.

3.066

3.070 , Asian Productivity Organization. Top
Management Symposium. Conference
Report, Hong Kong, 1969. Tokyo,
Asian Productivity Organization, 1969.
218 pp.
Presents papers on the role of manage
ment in accelerating economic growth,
the role of research and development, the
effect of traditional management systems
on economic developments, and related
subjects.

Willacy, Hazel M. “Changes in Factory
Workweek as an Economic Indicator.”
Monthly Labor Review, Vol. 93, No.
10, October 1970, pp. 25-31.
3.071
Argues that changes in average weekly
hours, and more particularly in overtime

Asian Productivity Organization. Review
o f Activities o f National Productivity
O rganizations in APO Member
Countries. Tokyo, Asian Productivity
Organization, 1964-.
An annual summary of activities, such
as organizing missions to study foreign
expertise, handling technical inquiries,
conducting training courses, etc.

Wysong, John W. Labor Productivity and
L a b o r F orce Characteristics o f
Selected Types o f Commerical Farms.
Mimeograph Series No. 28. College
Park, Md., Department of Agricultural
Economics, University of Maryland,
1968.27 pp.
Argues that substantial gains in labor
productivity are possible up to the point
at which farmers fully utilize their labor
force.

3.067

Asian Productivity Organization. Achieve
ments in the First Decade o f the
Productivity Drive in Japan. Tokyo,
Asian Productivity Organization,
1968. 117 pp.

Becker, S. W., and Stafford, Frank.
“ Some Determinants of Organizational
Success.” The Journal o f Business,

The authors examine the relationships
b etw een average “ p ro d u c tiv ity ” ,
measured in terms of labor inputs, of the
top companies in an industry and other
companies in the same industry; the
relationships between industry concentra
tion and industry “productivity” ; and the
relative weight of the component parts of
the “productivity” figures.

Vol. 40, No. 4, October 1967, pp.
511-518.
The authors analyze the relative effect
on organizational efficiency of variables
frequently utilized by psychologists,
economists, and sociologists—such as
organization size, adoption of innova
tions, psychological distance in the
management team, and the environment.
They use findings from a statistical study
of the firms in the savings and loan
industry.
3.072

3.075

Argues that productivity in Great
Britain could be increased dramatically
through better business organization,
more labor-management communication,
and more effective management. Presents
eight case studies to illustrate his points.

B ock, B etty . “The ConcentrationP ro d u c tiv ity Q u a n d a ry .” The
Conference Board Record, Vol. 4,
No. 6, June 1967, pp. 2-7.
Examines the relationship between
concentration (on the establishment
level) and productivity (as measured by
the dollar value of shipments per
employee). Finds that industries with the
highest productivity tend to be the more
concentrated ones.

3.073

3.076

3.077

Dahmen, Erik. Entrepreneurial Activity
and the Development o f Swedish
Industry, 1919-1939. The American
E c o n o m ic T ra n sla tio n S eries.
Homewood, 111., Richard D. Irwin,
1970. 440 pp.
Discusses problems of industrial trans
formation using Schumpeter’s concepts
of technological progress and economic
development.

3.078

Diebold, John. Business Decisions and
Technological Change. New York,
Praeger, 1970. 268 pp.
A collection of the author’s speeches
and articles on how automation changes
the decisionmaking environment of the
manager, and on the facts he should
consider in introducing new technology.
Includes case studies in government and
private industry.

Bock, Betty, and Farkas, Jack. Con
centration and Productivity: Some
Preliminary Problems and Findings.
Studies in Business Economics, No.
103. New York, The Conference
Board, 1969. 170 pp.

Chao, Kang. Agricultural Production in
C o m m u n ist C hina, 1949-1965.
Madison, University of Wisconsin
Press, 1970. 357 pp.
Examines the effects of the socialist
transformation on agricultural inputs,
outputs, and technology.

Bock, Betty, and Farkas, Jack. “The
Productivity-Concentration Quandary
Re-examined.” The Conference Board
Record, Vol. 5, No. 7, July 1968, pp.
13-19.
The a u th o rs re fin e measures,
developed in an earlier article, designed to
show relative productivity of the first
four and the first eight companies in
given industries. Measures are based on
value added per employee and value of
shipments per employee in 1963. They
find that the first four and the first eight
companies in an industry had on the
average higher productivity than other
companies in the same industry, and that
industries with high concentration tended
also to rank high in productivity.

3.074

Butterworth, Jack. Productivity Now.
New York, Pergamon Press, 1969. 148
pp.

3.079

Dovring, Folke. “Land Reform and
P ro d u c tiv ity in Mexico.” Land
Economics, Vol. 46, No. 3, August
1970, pp. 264-274.

3.083

Discusses how and why Japanese
industry develops its own technology in
preference to purchasing Western know
how.

Investigates the effect of the Mexican
land reform on productivity in agri
culture. Finds that the ejidos (created by
land reform) obtain higher crop yields at
lower input cost than large, privately
owned farms.
3.080

3.084

Dubin, Robert; Homans, George C.;
Mann, Floyd C.;and Miller, Delbert C.
Leadership and Productivity. San
F ran c isc o , C handler Publishing
Company, 1965. 138 pp.

3.085
Fleming, M. C. “Inter-Firm Differences in
Productivity and their Relation to
Occupational Structure and Size of
F irm .” M anchester School o f
Economic and Social Studies, Vol. 38,
No. 3, September 1970, pp. 223-245.

3.086

Hayami, Y. and Ruttan, V. W. “Korean
Rice, Taiwan Rice and Japanese Agri
cultural Stagnation: An Economic
C onsequence o f C olonialism .”
Quarterly Journal o f Economics, Vol.
84, No. 4, November 1970, pp.
562-589.

Leibenstein, Harvey. “Organizational or
Frictional Equilibrium, X-Efficiency,
and th e R ate of Innovation.”
Quarterly Journal o f Economics, Vol.
83, No. 4, November 1969, pp.
600-623.
Argues that firms frequently do not
produce maximum output with given
inputs (“X-inefficiency”), or increase
output
with
the
same
inputs
(“X-efficiency”). Examines the effect
this behavior has on technological change
and growth.

The authors examine the stagnation in
agricultural output and productivity in
Japan after World War I. Rice imports
from Korea and Taiwan were responsible
for deterioration of domestic agriculture,
and affected indigenous technological
potential unfavorably.

L e ib e n ste in , Harvey. “Allocational
E fficien cy vs. ‘X -E fficiency’.”
American Economic Review, Vol. 56,
No. 3, June 1966, pp. 393-415.
Argues that gains from improvements
in allocational efficiency are frequently
trivial, but in many instances considerable
increases in productivity occur with sub
stantially no technical change or increases
in capital. This increase in efficiency is
called “X-efficiency” and is related to
motivational changes.

Demonstrates that the level of labor
productivity attained by different firms is
statistically related to the proportion of
administrative, technical, and clerical
staff rather than size. Shows higher
productivity is dependent on resolving
problems of industrial organization and
management.
3.082

Jehring, J. J. “The Productivity Crisis,”
Management o f Personnel Quarterly.
Spring 1967, pp. 21-24.
Argues that the increasing demand for
services and welfare programs can be met
only by superior methods of improving
productivity. This requires that systems
be organized so as to spur motivation of
the factors of production, i.e., managers,
workers, and suppliers of capital.

Contains four essays exploring the
impact of supervisory practices on
productivity and workers’ behavior.
3.081

“Japan: Now the Imitator Shows the
Way.” Business Week, May 16, 1970,
pp. 88-89 +.

3.087

Melman, Seymour. “Industrial Efficiency
Under Managerial vs. Cooperative

Journal o f Economic History, Vol. 26,
No. 4, December 1966. pp. 556-571.

Decision-Making.” Review o f Radical
Political Economics, Vol. 2, No. 1,
Spring 1970, pp. 9-33.

Hypothesizes that the development of
modern health and welfare programs is at
least in part a response to the rising
productivity and increasing relative
scarcity of labor accompanying economic
development. The hypothesis is explored
in the historical context of industrializa
tion in England, Germany, the United
States, and Russia.

Questions whether industrial produc
tion requires the managerial hierarchical
mode of decisionmaking. Examines 12
Israeli establishments and finds that those
that do not have a hierarchical manage
ment structure have productivity records
equal or superior to those that do.
3.088

Mullen, James H. Personality and Produc
tivity in Management. New York,
Temple University Publications, dis
tributed by Columbia University Press,
1966. 140 pp.

3.092

Examines whether formal work-group
leaders affect the productivity of work
groups under highly structured techno
logical conditions.

Explores the impact on productivity
o f w idely varying differences in
personality and leadership of three
division managers in a large insurance
company.
3.093
3.089

Noda, Nobuo. How Japan Absorbed
A m erica n Management Methods.
Translation Series No. 10. Tokyo,
Asian Productivity Organization,
1969. 37 pp.

3.094
Patrick, G. F. and Eisgruber, L. M. “The
Impact of Managerial Ability and
Capital Structure on Growth of the
Farm Firm.” American Journal o f
Agricultural Economics, Vol. 50, No.
3, August 1968. pp. 491-506.

Rimlinger, G. V. “Welfare Policy and
Economic Development: A Compara
tive Historical Perspective.” The

Shultz, George P. and McKersie, Robert
B. “Stimulating Productivity: Choices,
Problems,
and Shares.” British
Journal o f Industrial Relations, Vol. 5,
No. 5, March 1967, pp. 1-18.
The authors discuss three approaches
frequently followed by management to
raise productivity: (1) buying out of bad
practices; (2) sharing of gains from pro
ductivity improvements; and (3) man
power policy conforming with techno
logical changes. They discuss the circum
stances under which these approaches
promise to be most successful.

The authors conclude, on the basis of a
simulated case study of farm firm be
havior over a 20-year period, that man
agerial ability and long-term loan limits
are major factors influencing farm firm
growth.
3.091

Sales, Stephen M. “Supervisory Style and
Productivity: Review and Theory.”
Personnel Psychology, Vol. 19, No. 3,
Autumn 1966, pp. 275-286.
Presents a theoretical framework for
expected differential effects of demo
cratic versus authoritarian supervision on
productivity. Reviews and evaluates
relevant literature.

Presents a historical survey of the
factors leading to the adoption of
American methods of management by
Japanese industry.
3.090

Rosen, Ned A. Leadership Change and
Work-Group Dynamics, An Experi
ment. Ithaca, N.Y., Cornell University
Press, 1969. 261 pp.

3.095

Sirota, David. “Productivity Manage
ment,” Harvard Busines Review, Vol.

gains in economic organization and
reduced hazards, rather than from tech
nological changes.

44, No. 5, September-October 1966,
pp. 111-116.
Argues that work standards present
barriers to high productivity. Recom
mends that standards of long-term
improvement rather than daily output be
the gauge of worker efficiency.
3.096

C. Technological change

3.100

“Step Up Your Productivity?” Medical
Economics, September 30, 1968, pp.
63-154.
A special issue, examining such topics
in physicians’ productivity as the forma
tion of partnerships in place of single
practice, and delegating more clinical
tasks to aides. Also explores ways to raise
productivity without impairing the
quality of medical care.

3.097

A compilation of articles on basic
aspects of numerical control, applica
tions, tooling-up procedures, and pro
graming methods.
3.101

“The Productivity Crisis.” New Society,
Vol. 8, No. 208, September 22, 1966,
pp. 434-448.

3.102

Vepa, Ram K. Productivity in Small
Industries - Some Lessons from
Japan. Asian Productivity Organization,
Tokyo, 1969. 98 pp.

3.103

Walton, Gary M. “Sources of Produc
tivity Change in American Colonial
Shipping, 1675-1775.” The Economic
History Review, Vol. 20, No. 1, April
1967, pp. 67-78.

Atkinson, Anthony B., and Stiglitz,
Joseph E. “A New View of Techno
logical Change.” Economic Journal,
Vol. 79, No. 315, September 1969,
pp. 573-578.
The authors argue that mathematical
theories implying generalized shifts in the
production function due to technological
change fail to take account of the “locali
zation” of technological progress in par
ticular fields. Improvement of technique
in one field may have no effect on other
techniques in the same or related fields.
Some implications for research conducted
in developing countries are discussed.

Cites evidence on sources of changing
productivity in colonial shipping for the
100-year period preceding the American
Revolution. Argues that most of the
improvement in productivity arose from

Arnfield, R. V., ed. Technological Fore
casting. Edinburgh, Edinburgh Univer
sity Press, 1969. 417 pp.
A collection of papers reviewing the
history of technological forecasting,
especially in Europe, and discussing tech
niques of forecasting.

Discusses the measures taken by the
Japanese government to help small
businesses cope with the cost squeeze
arising from the fact that, while the wage
rates they pay are rapidly nearing those
paid by bigger firms, their productivity
lags behind.
3.099

American Machinist. AM on Computers Their Role in Manufacturing. New
York, McGraw-Hill, 1971. 140 pp.
A compilation of articles on the
management, cost, and factory applica
tions of com puter.

A collection of articles investigating
the obstacles to higher productivity in
Great Britain.
3.098

American Machinist. A M on NC - How
to Use N um erically Controlled
Machine Tools with Maximum Effici
ency. New York, McGraw-Hill, 1967.
176 pp.

3.104

observed on a 6-week tour of 12
American cities and draws lessons for
Australia.

Ayres, Robert V. Technological Fore
casting and Long-Range Planning. New
York, McGraw-Hill, 1969. 237 pp.
Discusses various types and methods
of forecasting and how these may be
in c o rp o ra te d in overall economic
planning.

3.105

3.109

A collection of papers summarizing
the state of technological forecasting.

Bagrit, Sir Leon. The Age o f Automation.
New York, New American Library of
World Literature, 1965. 128 pp.
3.110

Discusses the social and political
implications of automation. Predicts a
fuller, more creative life for mankind.
3.106

Ball, Robert; Herman, Arthur; and Lyon,
Richard. Outlook for Computer Pro
cess Control, BLS Bulletin 1658. U.S.
Department of Labor, Bureau of
Labor Statistics, 1970. 70 pp.

3.111

Baranson, Jack. Role o f Science and
Technology in Advancing Develop
ment o f Newly Industrializing States.
Mimeographed. U.S. Department of
State, Office of External Research,
January 1969. 73 pp.

technological reasons for them.

3.112

Brown, Lester R. The Social Impact o f
the Green Revolution. International
Conciliation Publication No. 581. New
York, Carnegie Endowment for Inter
national Peace, 1971.61 pp.
Discusses the implications of success
ful new agricultural technology for the
relief of hunger, and for employment,
population, and the distribution of
benefits.

Bennett, E. C. Mechanization o f the
U n ited States Printing Industry.
S y d n ey , Australia, Printing and
Kindred Industries Union, New South
Wales Branch, September 1966.48 pp.

3.113

Reports on new printing technology,
p a rtic u la rly typesetting technology,

Brown, Lester R. “The Agricultural
Revolution in Asia.” Foreign Affairs,
Vol. 46, No. 4, July 1968, pp.
688-698.
Discusses the striking increases in food
grain crops in major Asian countries in
the late sixties, and the political and

Considers how developing countries
may increase their ability to absorb and
adapt—and how developed economies
may more effectively transmit—advanced
technologies.
3.108

Brooks, George W. “Unions and Techno
logical Change.” The Conference
Board Record, Vol. 5, No. 6, June
1968. pp. 23-25.
Contrasts the attitude of the United
Auto Workers, oriented toward efficiency
and rapid technological change, with that
of trade unions more resistant to change.
Concludes that the issue in labor manage
ment relations is the extent to which
employers should be restricted in intro
ducing new technologies.

The authors examine the extent to
which computers have been installed in
six industries; how many will be installed
in the future; what factors govern their
adoption; what type of manpower is
required for computer process control;
and what kinds of industrial relations
problems have arisen as a consequence of
computer installation.
3.107

Bright, James R., ed. Technological Fore
casting for Industry and Government.
Englewood Cliffs, N.J., Prentice-Hall,
Inc., 1968. 484 pp.

Brown, Murray. On the Theory and
M ea su rem en t o f Technological
C hange. C am bridge, E ngland,
Cambridge University Press, 1966. 214
pp.

Uses input-output tables to evaluate
technological change from 1947 to 1958.

Discusses the properties of the CobbDouglas and constant elasticity of subs
titution production functions. Presents
various methods of measuring both
neutral and non-neutral technological
change and tests several of these methods,
using U.S. historical data.
3.114

3.118

Bush, George P., and Hattery, Lowell H.,
eds. Automation and Electronics in
Publishing. The American University
Technology of Management Series,
V olum e 3. Washington, Spartan
Books, 1965. 206 pp.

D evelops a set o f parameters
associated with Harrod’s and Solow’s
classifications in a neoclassical two-sector
model. Provides a unified treatment of
Hick’s, Harrod’s, and Solow’s classifica
tions of bias in technological change.
Examines the conditions for “aggregate
neutrality.”

A collection of papers examining tech
nological changes and their effects on
production, management, organization,
and labor relations in several types of
publishing. Considerable attention is paid
to computerized typesetting.
3.115

3.119

Capron, William M., ed. Technological
Change in Regulated Industry. Studies
in the Regulation of Economic
Activity. Washington, The Brookings
Institution, 1970. 211 pp.

3.120

Carter, Anne P. “Changes in the Structure
of the American Economy, 1947 to
1958 and 1962.” The Review o f
Economics and Statistics, Vol. 49, No.
2, May 1967, pp. 209-224.

3.121

Carter, Anne P. “The Economics of Techn o lo g ic a l C h an g e.” S c ie n tific
American, Vol. 214, No. 4, April 1966,
pp. 25-31.

Critchlow, Robert V. “Technological
Changes in the Printing and Publishing
Industry.” Monthly Labor Review,
Vol. 93, No. 8, August 1970, pp. 3-9.
Reports that technology has been
advancing strongly to meet a rapidly
increasing demand for printed material.
Finds that the occupational requirements
of the industry have been changing
significantly.

Presents an overall picture of techno
logical change in the United States by
systematically comparing the 1947 and
1958 input-output tables.
3.117

Conference on the Communication of
Scientific and Technical Knowledge to
Industry (Stockholm, October 7-9,
1963). Proceedings. Paris, Organiza
tion for Economic Cooperation and
Development, April 1965. 188 pp.
Reviews conditions necessary for the
most efficient international transfer of
scientific knowledge among small- and
medium-sized firms as well as among large
ones.

Contains studies of the interaction
between technological change and the
regulatory process in the electric power
g e n e r a t i n g i n d u s t r y , a n d in
communications, commercial aviation,
and surface transportation. Also presents
a theoretical analysis of the impact of
innovation on a number of regulatory
practices, as well as an interpretive con
cluding essay.
3.116

Chang, W. W. “The Neoclassical Theory
of Technical Progress.” American
Economic Review, Vol. 60, No. 5,
December 1970, pp. 912-923.

Crossman, E. R. F.W.; Laner, Stephen;
Davis, Louis E.; and Caplan, Stanley
H. Evaluation o f Changes in Skill
Profile and Job Content Due to Technological Change: Methodology and
Pilot Results from the Banking, Steel
and Aerospace Industries. Report
submitted to the Director, Office of
Manpower Policy, Evaluation and
Research, U.S. Department of Labor.
Berkeley, Department of Industrial

Engineering and Operations Research,
University of California. October
1966. 100 pp. plus appendix.

Identifies and discusses sectors of the
economy where automation has caused
important changes in production pro
cesses and employment.

The authors address the question of
the skill levels required by advancing
technologies and test the hypothesis that
higher levels of mechanization and auto
mation require lower levels of skill. They
develop specific methods to measure the
effect of new technologies on skills,
controlling for such “extraneous” factors
as differences in product quality or design
or staffing patterns as compared with the
old technology. They establish tentative
criteria for the prediction of needed
skills.
3.122

3.125

Examines factors underlying the tech
nological superiority of American firms
over their foreign counterparts, and finds
that the difference results mainly from
managerial and financial inadequacies of
European firms.
3.126

D airy m ple, Dana G. Technological
Change in Agriculture: Effects and
Implications for Developing Nations.
U.S. Department of Agriculture,
Foreign Agricultural Service, April
1969.82 pp.

3.127
David, Paul A., and Van de Klundert, Th.
“ Biased Efficiency, Growth and
Capital-Labor Substitution in the U.S.,
1899-1960.” American Economic
Review, Vol. 55, No. 3, June 1965,
pp. 357-394.

3.128

Earl, Victor. Technological Forecasting.
The Economist, Brief 11. London, The
Economist Newspaper Ltd., 1968. 24
pp.
Discusses the kinds of problems tech
nological forecasting tries to solve and
how forecasters go about the task.

Diebold Group, Inc .Automation: Impact
and Implications: Focus on Develop
ments in the Communications Indus
try. Washington, Communications
Workers of America, 1965. 182 pp.

Doctors, Samuel I. The Role o f Federal
Agencies in Technology Transfer.
Cambridge, Mass., The MIT Press,
1969. 230 pp.
Considers problems of technology
transfer
from government-sponsored
research and development to the
economy as a whole. Discusses NASA’s
Technology Utilization Plan.

The authors measure the distribution
of technological change between laborassociated and capital-associated improve
ments in factor efficiency. Their estimate
of the elasticity of substitution casts
doubt on the appropriateness o f . the
C obb-D ouglas form of production
function.
3.124

Diwan, R. K. “About the Growth Path of
Firms.” American Economic Review,
Vol. 60, No. 1, March 1970, pp.
30-43.
Deals with technological factors
influencing the behavior of firms. Dis
cusses elasticity of factor substitution,
technological impact on labor efficiency,
and bias of technological change. Finds
that these factors at first grow with the
firm, reach a maximum, and then start
falling off as the size of firm keeps
growing.

Examines the adoption process for
agricultural technology. Surveys the
economic, social, and political effects of
the development of high-yield grains and
of increased farm mechanization.
3.123

Diebold, John. “Is the Gap Techno
logical?” Foreign Affairs, Vol. 46,
No. 2, January 1968, pp. 276-291.

3.129

Evan, E. W. “Some Problems of Growth
in the Machine Tool Industry.”

Yorkshire Bulletin o f Economic and
Social Research, Vol. 75, May 1966,

management relations, and the social
structure.

pp. 22-32.
3.134
Discusses obstacles to higher capacity
and output in the Eritish tool industry,
especially the difficulty of expanding
research activity; the scarcity of
scientific, technical, and skilled labor; the
problems created by cyclical variations in
demand; and the barriers which exist to
the substitution of labor.
3.130

Puts forth proposals for the collection
of statistics on science and technology on
an i n t e r n a t i o n a l l y uniform basis.
Discusses the need for such a collection
and the difficulties of undertaking it.

Fabricant, Solomon. Measurement o f
Technological Change. Fourth Seminar
on Manpower Policy and Program.
U.S. Department of Labor, Manpower
Administration, 1965. 32 pp.

3.135

Considers alternate concepts of tech
nological change and discusses difficulties
of measurement.
3.131

Ferguson, Walter. Farm Labor Used for
Fruits and Tree Nuts, 1964. Statistical
Bulletin No. 436. U.S. Department of
Ag ri cu lt ur e, Economic Research
Service, 1969. 43 pp.

3.136

Ferkiss, Victor C. Technological Man, the
Myth and the Reality. New York,
George Braziller, Inc. and New
American Library, 1969. 276 pp.
3.137

Ford, Gordon W., ed. Automation:
Threat or Promise? Sydney, Australia,
The Australian and New Zealand
Association for the Advancement of
Science, 1969. 214 pp.

Gold, B.; Pierce, W. S.; and Rosegger, G.
“Diffusion of Major Technological
Innovations in U.S. Iron and Steel
Manufacturing.” Journal o f Industrial
Economics, Vol. 18, No. 3, July 1970,
pp. 218-242.
The authors analyze the diffusion of
fourteen major technological innovations
in the U.S. iron and steel industries. They
present a conceptual model of the
decision process to explain varying dif
fusion rates and differing elaborations of
innovation by different firms.

A series of papers discussing the
impact of automation on production,
m a n p o w e r r e q u i r e m e n t s , labor-

Gamble, William K.; Adams, Dale W.; and
Dorner, Peter. “Institutional Reform:
The Conflict Between Equity and
Productivity: Discussion.” American
Journal o f Agricultural Economics,
Vol. 52, No. 5, December 1970, pp.
716-718.
The authors each comment on the
uneven incidence of the benefits of new
agricultural technology both between
large and small farmers and between
developed and less developed countries.

Expl ores the relations between
evolving technology and the web of
society, economy, and culture.
3.133

Fulco, Lawrence J. “How Mechanization
of Harvesting Is Affecting Jobs.”
Monthly Labor Review, Vol. 92,
No. 3, March 1969, pp. 26-32.
Analyzes technological developments
in harvesting of fruits and vegetables,
and their implications for productivity,
e m p l o ym en t , training, and labormanagement relations.

Presents data on man-hours required
per acre at various stages of production in
1964, the first year in which much fruit
and nut tree acreage was harvested
mechanically.
3.132

Freeman, Christopher. The Measurement
o f S c ie n tific and Technological
A ctivities. Paris, United Nations
Educational, Scientific and Cultural
Organization, 1969. 63 pp.

3.138

Goodwin, L. B,; Blase, M. G.; and Colyer,
D. “A Development Planning Model
for Technological Change in Agri
culture.” American Journal o f Agri
cultural Economics, Vol. 52, No. 1,
February 1970, pp. 81-90.

discussing organized labor’s reaction to
change.
3.143

The authors examine a model for
coordinating activities and allocating
resources in the development process.
They provide insights into the sporadic
nature of economic development.
3.139

Holds that technological change has
come in disruptive surges rather than in
an even flow because of subconscious
“suppression techniques” employed by
managers and designers of new programs.
Urges more flexible corporate planning.

Great Britain. Automation and Its Impli
cations. Papers given at the Industry
’65 Exhibition Conference on Produc
tivity, Technology, and Change.
London, British Productivity Council.
51 pp.

3.144

Presents five papers on automation
and its social and monetary costs,
followed by a panel discussion.
3.140

Heilbroner, Robert L. Automation in the
Perspective o f Long-Term Technical
Change. Seminar on Manpower Policy
and Program. U.S. Department of
Labor, Manpower Administration,
1966. 38 pp.
3.145

Hirsch, Werner Z. “Technological
Progress and Microeconomic Theory.”
American Economic Review, Vol. 59,
No. 2, May 1969, pp. 36-43.

3.146

Hugh-Jones, E. M., ed. Economics and
Technical Change. Oxford, Basil Blackwell, 1969. 178 pp.

Irgens, 0 . M. “Increased Productivity
Through Exchange of Experience.”
Productivity Measurement Review,
No. 42, August 1965, pp. 70-81.
Reports on the success of two inter
national technical cooperation groups in
increasing productivity in th e ' textile
industry.

A compendium of papers describing
the impact and benefits of technical
change, exploring economies of scale, and

International Congress of Human Rela
tions. The Social and Economic
Impact o f Automation and Technical
Change. Proceedings of Congress at
Melbourne, Australia, May 1965.
Melbourne, Federation Promotions,
1965. 138 pp.
A compendium of papers discussing
the effect of automation on education,
production, economic growth, and
employment.

Discusses some economic problems
posed by technologically progressive
firms and proposes a theoretical model to
solve these problems.
3.142

International Conference on Techno
logical Change and Human Develop
ment (Jerusalem, April 1969). Techno
logical Change and Human Develop
ment. Ithaca, N.Y., New York State
School of Industrial and Labor
Relations, Cornell University, 1970.
388 pp.
Considers the effects of technological
change on the quality of life. Explores
methods of maximizing the economic
gains while minimizing the social costs of
technical progress.

Briefly reviews the history of tech
nological change in the United States in
terms of the problem of technological
displacement.
3.141

Hunter, Maxwell W. “Are Technological
Upheavals
Inevitable?” Harvard
Business Review, Vol. 47, No. 5,
September-October 1969, pp. 73-83.

3.147

Isenson, Raymond S. “Technological
Forecasting, A Management Tool.”
Business Horizons, Vol. 10, No. 2,
Summer 1967, pp. 37-46.

of absorbing. Urges that techniques be
adopted which yield the highest profit,
but warns against the introduction of the
most advanced kinds of capital goods and
methods.

Differentiates between two bases of
the technological forecast. The first is
application- or need-oriented. The second
is potential-oriented. Concludes that “it is
not necessary to forecast on the naive
assumption that historical growth assures
future growth.”
3.148

3.152

Examines and updates earlier empirical
studies measuring the regional patterns of
technical change in U.S. agriculture.
Presents a regression model which
recognizes explicitly the relation between
labor input and labor cost and is based on
regression of labor productivity on the
wage rate.

Jantsch, Erich. Technological Forecasting
in Perspective. Paris, Organization for
Economic Cooperation and Develop
ment, 1967. 401 pp.
Surveys techniques and trends in tech
nological forecasting.

3.149

Jehring, J. J., ed. Productivity and A uto
mation. Madison, Center for Produc
tivity Motivation, School of Com
merce, University of Wisconsin, 1965.
110 pp.

3.153

Jehring, J. J., ed. Productivity and A uto
mation. Bulletin 39. Washington,
National Council for Social Studies,
1966. 180 pp.
Essays primarily addressed to social
studies teachers and students, dealing
with the study and measurement of
productivity, the nature of work,
worker-management relations, social
aspects of technological change, and
approaches to increasing productivity.

3.151

3.154

Kaldor, Nicholas. “The Choice of Tech
nology in Less Developed Countries.”
Monthly Labor Review, Vol. 92, No.
8, August 1969, pp. 50-53.

Knauerhase, R. “The Compound Steam
Engine and Productivity: Changes in
the German Merchant Marine Fleet —
1871-1887.” The Journal o f Economic
History, Vol. 28, No. 3, September
1968, pp. 390-403.
Investigates the changes in total
industry productivity which resulted
from the adoption of the compound
steam engine. Compares productivity
im provem ents resulting from that
adoption with improvements in sailing
ship technology. Discusses resulting
declines in ocean freight rates after 1870.

Takes issue with certain common
assumptions about the kinds of tech
nology developing countries are capable

Kaneda, Hiromita. “Substitution of
Labor and Nonlabor Inputs in
Japanese Agriculture.” The Review o f
Economics and Statistics, Vol. 47, No.
2 , May 1965,pp. 163-171.
Measures the elasticity of substitution
between labor and nonlabor inputs by the
use of data including and excluding inter
mediate product inputs. The elasticities
of substitution are estimated from a
combination of cross-section and timeseries data from Japanese agriculture.
Develops indexes reflecting changes in
production efficiency for farms with
different scales of operation.

Presents three essays discussing the
concept of productivity, workers’-relation
to automation, and the past and possible
future paths of technological change.
3.150

Kaneda, Hiromita. “Regional Patterns of
Technical Change in U.S. Agriculture,
1 9 5 0 - 1 9 6 3 . ” Journal o f Farm
Economics, Vol. 49, No. 1, February
1967, Part I, pp. 199-212.

3.155

Develops a method involving the use
of index numbers of prices and wages to
circumvent the difficulties in measuring
technological progress and estimating
capital stock.

Kumar, Dharma. “Technical Change and
Dualism Within Agriculture in India.”
The Journal o f Development Studies,
Vol. 7, No. 1, October 1970, pp.
50-59.
Examines the changes in income
distribution when technical progress does
not include subsistence farms but is con
fined to the commercial sector of agri
culture .

3.156

3.160

Lancaster, Kelvin. “Change and Innova
tion in the Technology' of Consump
tion.” American Economic Review,
Vol. 56, No. 2, May 1966, pp. 14-23.

Discusses new techniques of automatic
machining in the metalworking industries
and their implications for productivity,
occupational requirements, and employ
ment.

Argues a theory of consumption along
the lines of production theory, with
consumer goods as the inputs and a set of
satisfying “characteristics” as the output.
Draws a parallel between the role of
technology in increasing production and
its role in increasing consumer
satisfaction.
3.157

3.161

Lave, Lester B. Technological Change: Its
Conception and Measurement. Engle
wood Cliffs, N.J., Prentice-Hall, 1966.
228 pp.
3.162

3.163

Marsden, Keith. “Progressive Techno
logies for Developing Countries.”
International Labour Review, Vol.
101, No. 5, May 1970, pp. 475-502.
Argues that technology transferred
from highly industrialized states is not
always appropriate for developing states.
Suggests criteria for choosing techno
logies which will make optimal use of
given resources.

Lydall, H. “On Measuring Technical
P rog re ss . ” Australian Economic
Papers, Vol. 8, No. 12, June 1969, pp.
1- 12 .

Mansfield, Edwin. The Economics o f
Technological Change. New York,
W. W. Norton, 1968.257 pp.
Investigates basic problems relating to
technological change, such as what
motivates it, how it is measured, where
inventions originate, and what the lag is
between technological invention and its
introduction.

Lovell, C. A. Knox. “Biased Technical
Change and Factor Shares in United
States Manufacturing.” Quarterly
Review o f Economics and Business,
Vol. 9, No. 3, Autumn 1969, pp.
17-33.
Examines the nature of technical
change in 19 American industries during
the postwar period, and the effects of
technical change upon estimates of the
elasticity of substitution and upon trends
in relative factor shares.

3.159

Macut, John J. “Prospects for Numerical
Control of Machine Tools.” Monthly
Labor Review, Vol. 88, No. 4, April
1965, pp. 403-406.
Reports on the present and potential
use of automated machining of metal
parts and implications for productivity,
employment,
and occ u pa ti o na l
requirements.

Reviews and explains alternate
methods of measuring technological
change.
3.158

Macut, John J. Outlook for Numerical
Control o f Machine Tools, BLS
Bulletin 1437. U.S. Department of
Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics,
March 1965. 63 pp.

3.164

Markuson, Barbara Evans. Libraries and
Automation. Proceedings of the Con
ference on Libraries and Automation
held at Airlie Foundation, Warrenton,
Virginia, May 26-30, under sponsor
ship of the Library of Congress,
National Science Foundation, and
Council
on Library Resources.
Washington, Library of Congress,
1964. 268 pp.

intermediate and final goods. Thus, con
centration on how technological change
affects only primary factors may give
misleading results if the new processes use
more intermediate inputs.
3.168

Argues that the importation of
advanced technologies into a developing
economy which does not have the
markets for the volume of goods these
techniques produce will lead to mono
polistic business structures, which will in
turn lead to a premature halt in the
nation’s economic growth.

Presents essays intended to acquaint
librarians with the technology of library
mechanization and its problems. The
essays cover the design requirements for a
future library; file organization and con
version; file storage and access; graphic
st orage; l ibrary communications
networks; the automation of library
systems; and related subjects.
3.165

Merhaw, Meir. Technological Depend
ence, Monopoly, and Growth. New
York, Pergamon Press, 1969. 204 pp.

3.169

McCloskey, S. N. “The British Iron and
Steel Industry, 1870-1914: A Study of
the Climacteric in Productivity.”
The Journal o f Economic History, Vol.
29, No. 1, March 1969, pp. 173-175.

Mishan, E. J. Technology and Growth:
The Price We Pay. New York, Praeger,
1970. 193 pp.
Discusses the social and environmental
costs of the increasing rate of techno
logical change. Finds these costs
excessive.

Argues that the exhaustion of techno
logical possibilities explains most of the
retardation in British iron and steel
productivity growth before 1914.

3.170

Morse, Dean, and Warner, Aaron W.,eds.
Technological Innovation and Society.
New York, Columbia University Press,

1966. 214 pp.
3.166

Melman, Seymour. Our Depleted Society.
New York, Holt, Rinehart and
Winston, 1965. 366 pp.

The authors present a series of discus
sions on the transformation of scientific
knowledge into technological innovation,
and on the social and political implica
tions of technological change.

A critical view of the impact of the
cold war on the U.S. economy, particu
larly in science and technology and the
productivity of industry.
3.167

Melvin, J. R. “Intermediate Goods and
Technological Change.” Economica
N.S.y Vol. 36, No. 144, November
1969, pp. 400-408.

Nelson, Richard R. The “Technology
Gap” and National Science Policy.
C enter
D iscussion
Paper.
Mimeographed. New Haven, Economic
Growth Center, Yale University, May
1970. 25 pp.

Presents a diagrammatic analysis of the
effects of technological change in an
intermediate-input model. Shows that a
technological change which substitutes
the intermediate good for labor need not
change prices or output. Such change
could in fact result in less output for both

Argues that there has been a “techno
logical gap” between the United States
and Europe for more than 100 years, and
that gearing science and technology
policy toward either maintaining or
eliminating the gap yields sub optimal
results.

3.171

3.172

3.176

Nelson, Richard R.; Peck, Merton J.;and
Kalachek, Edward D. Technology,
Economic Growth and Public Policy.
Washington, The Brookings Institu
tion, 1967. 238 pp.
The authors interpret recent findings
on the relationship between research and
development and productivity; the alloca
tion of resources to advances in tech
nology ; and the rate of absorption of new
technologies in the economy. They
develop an “operational” concept of
technological knowledge. They also deal
with the ways the economy adjusts to
technological change and with pertinent
publi' policies.

3.173

The reports examine in detail the
production process and market situation
of the given industry in OECD member
countries. They discuss international
differences in growth and technological
development, and explore reasons for
these differences.

Nordhaus, William D. “An Economic
Theory of Technological Change.”
American Economic Review, Vol. 59,
No. 2, May 1969, pp. 18-28.

3.177

Constructs an econometric model of
the process of invention to sort out
sources of productivity change, in an
effort to explain why growth in input
does not explain most of the growth in
output.
3.174

O’Carroll, Lloyd T. “Technology and
M anpower
in
Nonelectrical
Machinery.” Monthly Labor Review,
Vol. 94, No. 6, June 1971, pp. 56-62.

3.178

Olken, Hyman. “Technological Growth
and the Evolution of New Industry.”
Economic and Business Bulletin, Vol.
22, No. 1, Fall 1969, pp. 15-24.

Organization for Economic Cooperation
and Development. Gaps in Tech
nology: General Report. Paris, OECD,
1968.42 pp.
Summarizes the results of OECD
studies on differences in innovation and
technological potential among OECD
member countries. Offers several inter
pretations of these results and outlines
national and international policies to
improve performance.

Criticizes present methods of
predicting technological changes. Dis
cusses laws of the “biology” of industries
making intensive use of new technology.
Knowledge of these “laws” makes pre
diction of upcoming technological break
throughs possible.

Organization for Economic Cooperation
and Development. Gaps in Tech
nology: Analytical Report. Compari
sons Between Member Countries in
Education, Research and Develop
ment, Technological Innovation, Inter
national Economic Exchanges. Paris,
OECD, 1970.300 pp.
Examines the nature and extent of
differences in scientific and technological
p o t e n t i a l among OECD member
countries, and their effect on the attain
ment of economic and other objectives.
Recommends policies insuring that the
potentials of all member countries will be
increased and be most effectively utilized.

Describes innovations being intro
duced in the industry and their impact on
productivity, employment, and skill
requirements.
3.175

Organization for Economic Cooperation
and Development. Gaps in Tech
nology. Set of six studies. Paris,
OECD.
Electronic Components, 1968. 190 pp.
Scientific Instruments, 1968. 178 pp.
Electronic Computers, 1969. 209 pp.
Pharmaceuticals, 1969. 149 pp.
Plastics, 1969. 162 pp.
Non-Ferrous Metals, 1969. 202 pp.

3.179

Pack, Howard, and Todaro, Michael.
Technological Transfer, Labor Absorp
tion, and Economic Development.

Center Discussion Paper No. 65.
Mimeographed. New Haven, Economic
Growth Center, Yale University, May
1969. 14 pp.

Discusses methods of technological
forecasting, its purposes, limitations, and
data requirements. Suggests ways to
integrate this type of forecasting into the
business decision-making process.

The authors urge that developing
countries maintain their own capital
goods industries so that they will not be
forced to employ increasingly laborsaving technology in a labor-abundant
economy because of new or used capital
goods
available from developed
economies.
3.180

3.184

A collection of essays on the process,
determinants, long-term consequences,
and international aspects of technological
change, and the diffusion of new tech
nology. Among authors included are
Schumpeter, Usher, Blaug, Nelson,
Griliches, Fellner, Mansfield, Abramovitz,
Solow, Denison, and Vernon.

Phillips, Almarin. Technology and Market
Structure: A Study o f the Aircraft
Industry. Lexington, Mass., Heath
Lexington Books, 1971. 233 pp.
Examines the impact of changes in
industrial technology on market structure
for the period 1932-1965.

3.181

3.185

Porter, R. C. “Technological Change with
U nlim ited Supplies of Labor.”
Manchester School o f Economic and
Social Studies, Vol. 36, No. 1, March
1968, pp. 69-74.

3.186

Quinn, James B. “Technological Competi
tion: Europe vs. U.S.” Harvard
Business Review, Vol. 44, No. 4, JulyAugust 1966, pp. 113-130.

3.187

Quinn, James B. “Technological Fore
casting.” Harvard Business Review,
Vol. 45, No. 2, March-April 1967, pp.
89-106.

Salter, W. E. G. Productivity and Tech
nical Change. With an addendum by
W. B. Reddaway. Second edition.
University of Cambridge Department
of Applied Economics Monograph.
Cambridge, England, and New York.
Cambridge University Press, 1969.
(Paper edition of 1966 edition.)
A theoretical and empirical analysis of
technical change in the United States and
Britain before and after World War II.

Finds that the United States has a
large technological advantage over
Western Europe. Believes that this lead
could be dissipated by a concerted tech
nological effort in Europe and by U.S.
failure to direct more resources into
meaningful research.
3.183

Rosenbloom, Richard S., and Wolek,
Francis W. Technology and Informa
tion Transfer. Boston, Graduate
School of Business Administration,
Harvard University, 1970. 174 pp.
The authors discuss the flow of tech
nical information across organizational
lines in large firms.

Examines some implications of the
Lewis model of technological change.
Shows that under certain conditions,
technological progress may depress rather
than raise the relative share of profits in
an economy with “unlimited supplies” of
labor.
3.182

Rosenberg, Nathan, ed. The Economics
o f Technological Change. Selected
Readings. Baltimore, Penguin Books
Inc., 1971. 509 pp.

Scott, J.T ., Jr., and Reiss, F. J.
“Changing Technology and Lease
Adjustment: Theory and Practice.”
Land Economics, Vol. 45, No. 4,
November 1969, pp. 400405.
The authors show how technological
changes in agriculture frequently change
relative returns to landowners and farm
tenants. They suggest new allocation of

supply and quality of management,
labor, and capital, and the receptiveness
of society. Examines the experiences of
Mexico and Puerto Rico in particular.

inputs and profits after the new tech
nologies have been introduced.
3.188

Scrupski, Stephen E. “Special Report:
Automation for Survival and Profit.”
Electronics, Vol. 44, No. 22, October
25, 1971, pp. 62-73.

3.192

Argues that the electronics industry,
although essential to the computerized
and automated technologies of other
industries, has itself lagged in adopting
automation, partly owing to lack of
standardization. Suggests ways by which
the industry can overcome this problem.
3.189

Reporting on a study sponsored by the
Department of Labor, the author
describes the rapid technological changes
that are affecting health services and
attendant manpower needs. Also dis
cusses trends in productivity and presents
estimates of employment by occupation
to 1975.

Spencer, Daniel L., and Woroniak,
Alexander, eds. The Transfer o f
Technology to Developing Countries.
Papers and Proceedings of a Con
ference Held at Airlie House,
Warrenton, Virginia, April 1966. U.S.
Department of Commerce, National
Bureau of Standards, December 1966.
260 pp.

3.193

Participants discuss how technological
know-how can effectively be imparted to
developing countries, with particular
attention to the role of the military.
3.190

Steiner, George A. “Improving the Trans
fer of Government-Sponsored Tech
nology.” Business Horizons, Vol. 9,
No. 3, Fall 1966, pp. 55-62.
3.194

Sultan, Paul, and Prasow, Paul. “Tech
nology
and
T a le n t.” Western
Economic Journal, Vol. 3, No. 3,
Summer 1965, pp. 247-273.
The authors use the marginal produc
tivity framework to explore the probable
changes in the types and amount of labor
demanded because of technical change.
They foresee a quickening rate of auto
mation, accentuated by management
mistrust of labor and foreign competi
tion. They consider the barriers to suc
cessful manpower programs to be
substantial.

Strassman, W. Paul. Technological Change
and Economic Development. Ithaca,
N.Y., Cornell University Press, 1968.
353 pp.
Considers the determinants of tech
nological change in manufacturing during
early industrialization. Deals with access
to foreign technical knowledge, the

Sturm, Herman M. Technology and Man
power in the Health Service Industry,
1965-75. Manpower Research Bulletin
No. 14. U.S. Department of Labor,
Manpower Administration, May 1967.
109 pp.
Presents and analyzes trends in the
structure and characteristics of health
service em ploym ent; technological
developments likely to have an impact on
manpower over the period under study;
and effects of the expected trends on the
demand for health services.

Discusses some of the problems
involved in the adoption of scientific
knowledge by businessmen for new
processes and products. Suggests the
establishment of a government com
mission to aid in the transfer and use of
this knowledge.
3.191

Sturm, Herman M. “Technological
Developments and Their Effects Upon
Health Manpower.” Monthly Labor
Review, Vol. 90, No. 1, January 1967,
pp. 1-8.

3.195

Fellner, W. “Trends in the Activities
Generating Technological Progress.”

ment and the economic effects that may
result from it.

American Economic Review, Vol. 60,

No. 1, March 1970, pp. 1-29.
3.200

Discusses average and marginal social
rates of return of progress-generating
inputs.
3.196

The Atlantic Institute. Technology Gap:
U.S. and Europe. New York, Praeger,
1970. 158 pp.

Surveys methods of processing coal in
Europe and the United States. Briefly
discusses the cost of mechanization and
its effect on workers’ safety.

Contains two papers and discussions
concerning the extent of any “tech
nological gap” that might exist, the
causes of such a gap, and the methods by
which it might best be closed.
3.197

3.201

“The Diffusion of New Technology: A
Study of Ten Processes in Nine Indus
tries.” National Institute Economic
Review, No. 48, May 1969, pp. 40-83.

3.202

Thompson, F. M. L. “The Second Agri
cultural Revolution,
1815-1880.”
Economic History Review, Second
Series, Vol. 21, No. 1, April 1968, pp.
62- 11 .

3.203

United Nations Educational, Scientific
and Cultural Organization. Conference
on the Application o f Science and
Technology to the Development o f
Asia. Final Reports (two volumes).
Paris, UNESCO, June 1969.
Volume I contains the conclusions
and recommendations arising from the
conference. Volume II contains five
messages directed to the conference.

United Nations Economic Commission
for Europe. Economic Aspects o f
Automation. New York, United
Nations, 1971.60 pp.
3.204

Reviews the scope of automation and
discusses the economic conditions which
permit or are required for its develop

United Nations Economic Commission
for Europe. Symposium on the A uto
m a tio n o f Mining Operations.
(Hombourg, France, April 1970.) New
York, United Nations, 1970. 285 pp.
A collection of papers detailing the
innovations which have been introduced
at various locations and stages of develop
ment of mining.

Suggests that technical and economic
trends in agriculture between 1815 and
1880 differed fundamentally from trends
in previous periods. Argues that the
period under review is characterized by
the growth of purchased inputs, rather
than inputs produced on the farm.
Examines implications for commercial
and financial operations.
3.199

United Nations Economic Commission
For Europe. Policies and Means o f
Promoting Technical Progress. Papers
presented to the Fifth Meeting of
Senior Economic Advisors to ECE
Governments. New York, United
Nations, 1968. 159 pp.
Reviews the difficulties in formulating
policies on technological change, and
reports on some of the programs which
have been pursued. Presents case studies
of the policies of several countries.

Examines the introduction of several
new technologies in an attempt to
discover the factors governing the time
required for a new invention to be
applied internationally.
3.198

United Nations Economic Commission
for Europe. Mechanization and A uto
mation in Coking Plants. New York,
United Nations, 1967. 41 pp.

United Nations Educational, Scientific
and Cultural Organization. Science and
Technology in Asian Development.

3.208

Conference on the Application of
Science and Technology to the
Development of Asia (New Delhi,
August 1968). Paris, UNESCO, 1970.
216 pp.
Presents reports on technology in
individual Asian countries. Investigates
the conditions necessary for a more inten
sive application of science and tech
n o lo g y , finding adequate science
education to be the most crucial require
ment. Presents a mathematical model for
planning the supply of professional and
technical manpower and for research and
development spending.
3.205

Discusses factors which promote or
impede the application of scientific and
technological findings resulting from the
defense and space programs.
3.209

United Nations Educational, Scientific
and Cultural Organization. World
Summary o f Statistics on Science and
Technology. Paris, UNESCO, 1970. 66
pp.

United Nations Industrial Development
Organization. Technological Develop
ments in Lead and Zinc Production
and Their Significance to Developing
Countries. Report of the Expert
Group Meeting on Lead and Zinc
Industries. New York, United Nations,
1970. 85 pp.

3.210

Reviews recent technological develop
ments in light of their possible applica
tion in developing nations. Provides
recommendations for both developing
and developed countries.

U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of
Labor Statistics. Technological Trends
in Major American Industries, BLS
Bulletin 1474, 1966. 269 pp.

Vilenskii, M. “On the Economic Manage
ment of Scientific and Technological
Progress.” Problems o f Economics,
Vol. 13, No. 12, April 1971, pp. 3-24.
Argues that the planning of techno
logical progress must be dovetailed with
the national economic plan of the Soviet
Union. Indicates how this could be done.

Appraises major technological changes
and their effects on manpower require
ments in individual American industries.

Vernon, Raymond, ed. The Technology
Factor in International Trade. New
York, National Bureau of Economic
Research, 1970. 493 pp.
A collection of papers on theoretical
problems of incorporating the effect of
technology in international trade theory.

3.211
3.207

Vatter, H. G., and Win, R. E. “Tech
nology and the New Philosophy of
Poverty.” Southern Economic Journal,
Vol. 33, No. 4, April 1966, pp.
559-571.
The authors argue that technological
advance has made private investment and
saving less important and consumption
more important, providing the founda
tion for a new philosophy of poverty.
The traditional philosophy was appro
priate to a capital-hungry society, whose
goal was to minimize consumption and
maximize investment, saving, and growth.
But technological advance causes ever
more capacity to be created, permitting
community preferences to shift towards
higher ratios of consumption to total
output. In a capital-rich economy with
high per capita income, poverty becomes
dysfunctional.

Summary of statistics on scientific
manpower, research and development
expenditures, graduates in science and
technology, etc.

3.206

U.S. National Science Foundation. Tech
nology Transfer and Innovation. Pro
ceedings of a Conference held in
Washington, D.C., May 1966, U.S.
Government Printing Office, 1966.
126 pp.

3.212

Walton, Gary M. “Productivity Change in
Ocean Shipping After 1870: A
Comment.” The Journal o f Economic
History, Vol. 30, No. 2, June 1970,
pp. 435-442.

ment of Labor, Bureau of Labor
Statistics, 1970. 8 pp.
Discusses the economic setting of
major trends in, and measures to
facilitate, mechanization in the construc
tion industry.

Presents a methodological critique of
an article by Knauerhase concerning the
changes in productivity related to the
adoption of steam ships and the decline
of sailing vessels. (See entry 3.154.)
3.213

3.216

Warner, Aaron W. “Technology and the
Labor Force in the Offshore Maritime
Industry,” in Industrial Relations
Research Association, Proceedings o f
the Eighteenth Annual Winter Meeting
(December 28-29, 1965), 1966, pp.
139-150.

Discusses current directions of techno
logical change, its likely future pace, and
the factors which may speed or impede
this pace.

Argues that since government subsidies
are given only to ships on regularly
scheduled routes, the “tramp” sector of
the industry has declined sharply. Its
equipment is outdated and out of repair.
States that by 1985 automation will have
reduced manpower requirements per ship
to one half of 1945 requirements, but
that this reduction is not actually likely
to take place because of a lack of
ad eq u ately trained personnel and
resistance by unions.
3.214

3.217

Westfield, F.M. “Technical Progress
and Returns to Scale.” The Review o f
Economics and Statistics, Vol. 48, No.
4, November 1966, pp. 432-448.

3.218

Yudelman, Montague; Banerji, Ranadev;
and Butler, Gavan. “The Use of an
Identity to Examine the Association
Between Technological Changes and
Aggregate Labour Utilization in Agri
culture.” The Journal o f Development
Studies, Vol. 7, No. 1, October 1970,
pp. 37-49.
The authors examine the relationship
between output per person in agricultural
land under cultivation and average yield
per acre in terms of Japanese, Taiwanese,
and Mexican agricultural experience.
They argue that governments should be
more aware of how their policies
influence the direction of technological
change and of the possible implications of
these changes on labor utilization.

Weinberg, Edgar. Mechanization and
Automation o f Building Site Work.
National Response Paper for the
Economic Commission for Europe,
Committee on Housing, Building and
Planning. Third Seminar on the
Building Industry, Moscow, October
1970. Mimeographed. U.S. Depart

Yeh, M. H., and Lin, Leon. “Technologi
cal Change in the Canadian Livestock
In d u s try :
An
In p u t-O u tp u t
Approach.” Canadian Journal o f Agri
cultural Economics, Vol. 17, No. 2,
July 1969, pp. 63-84.
The authors analyze the rate of tech
nological change in the beef industry and
conclude that there was little improve
ment in efficiency between 1951 and
1961.

Examines the relation between tech
nical progress and returns to scale, using
Kendrick-Kuznets data for the United
States for 1917-1960 and 1890-1960, and
applying special methods of nonlinear
estimation to the data.
3.215

Wolfbein, Seymour L. “The Pace of
Technological Change and the Factors
Affecting It.” in Manpower Implica
tions o f Automation. U.S. Department
of Labor, Manpower Administration.
1965. pp. 15-28.

3.219

Technological Knowledge.” American
Economic Review, Vol. 59, No. 2,

Zeisel, Rose N. Technology and Man
power in the Textile Industry o f the
1970% BLS Bulletin 1578. U.S.
Department of Labor, Bureau of
Labor Statistics, August 1968. 79 pp.

May 1969, pp. 29-34.
Discusses invention and innovation
within the framework of uncertainty and
communication theories. Argues that this
approach yields more meaningful results
than traditional economic approaches.

Examines changes in technology; their
impact on productivity, employment, and
occupational requirements; and methods
of adjustment.
3.224
3.220

Zeisel, Rose N. “Technology and Labor
in the Textile Industry.” Monthly
Labor Review, Vol. 91, No. 2,
February 1968, pp. 49-55.

Discusses mechanisms for optimal
research
and development and
the
possible lack of optimality in a private
enterprise economy. Examines the case of
optimality in a small country like Sweden
with a considerable foreign trade in
pharmaceuticals.

Analyzes; the general economic setting
of, and major technological developments
in, the textile industry as well as their
impact on productivity, employment, and
skill requirements. Also discusses industry
provisions for adjustments to these
changes.
3.225
D. Research and development

3.221

Adams, W. J. “Firm Size and Research
Activity: France and the United
S ta te s .” Q uarterly Journal o f
Economics, Vol. 84, No. 3, August
1970, pp. 386-409.

3.226

Ahmad, Syed. “On the Theory of
In d u ced In v e n tio n .” Economic
Journal, Vol. 76, No. 302, June 1966,
pp. 344-357.

Arrow, Kenneth J. “Classificatory Notes
on the Production and Transmission of

Brown, R. H. “The Achievement Norm
and Economic Growth: The Case of
Elizabethan England.” Review o f
Social Economics, Vol. 27, No. 2,
September 1969, pp. 181-201.
Bases his argument on the need for a
stratum of innovative businessmen to
propel economic growth. Explores the
values of Elizabethan England in terms of
sociology, literature, education, child
socialization, etc. Argues that an
“achievement norm” developed about a
generation before economic growth
accelerated, and was causally related to it.

Discusses past contributions to the
theory of induced invention, relating
innovation to changes in relative factor
prices. Provides an analytic basis for the
concept.
3.223

Becker, S. W., and Whistler, T. L. “The
Innovative Organization: A Selective
View
o f C u rre n t Theory
and
Research.” Journal o f Business o f the
University o f Chicago, Vol. 40, No. 4,
October 1967, pp. 462-469.
The authors review the status of
theory on the subject of innovation. They
distinguish between organizations which
innovate and are the first to use new
methods and organizations which are
more cautious and tend to adapt to the
innovations of others.

Compares the effect of firm size on
innovation in the United States and
France. Concludes that the large firm is
not an essential ingredient of tech
nological change.
3.222

Arvidsson, G. “A Note on Optimal Allo
cation of Resources for R and D.”
Swedish Journal o f Economics, Vol.
72, No. 3, September 1970, pp.
171-195.

3.227

A collection of essays on the sources
of innovation in the drug industry,
modern drug research, costs and returns
of innovation, patents, constraints, and
related subjects. Discussion by seminar
participants is included.

Carroll, Jean. “A Note on Departmental
Autonomy and Innovation in Medical
Schools.” Journal o f Business, Vol. 40,
No. 4, October 1967, pp. 531-534.
Compares the process of innovation in
medical schools with that described by
March and Simon for Federal Govern
ment departments, where innovations are
passed on from the top.

3.228

3.231

Coleman, D. C. “An Innovation and its
Diffusion: The ‘New Draperies’.”
Economic History Review, Vol. 22,
No. 3, December 1969, pp. 417-429.

Examines the process of weapons
system innovation in the Navy in terms of
the behavioral sciences. Focusses on
weapons systems adaptation to nuclear
deterrence strategies and competition
with the Air Force.

Illustrates the difficulties of incorpo
rating the emergence of new products in
econometric models by tracing the inno
vation, diffusion, and growth in use of
new draperies, a product of the West
European textile industry in the 16th and
17th centuries. Finds that a search for
cost reduction or factor substitution in
the in d u s try was o f secondary
importance, that diffusion of new tech
niques was dependent on such non
economic factors as overseas migration
induced by religious persecution, and that
national market economies are inappro
priate entities within which to investigate
innovations and their diffusion.
3.229

3.232

Comanor, William S. “Research and Tech
nical Change in the Pharmaceutical
Industry.” The Review o f Economics
and Statistics, Vol. 47, No. 2, May
1965, pp. 182-190.

3.233

Feller, Irwin. “The Urban Location of
United States Invention; 1860-1910.”
Exploration o f Economic History,
Vol. 8, No. 3, Spring 1971, pp.
285-303.
Presents data for 35 of the largest and
most industrialized U.S. cities from 1860
to 1910 in an effort to relate their growth
and population and employment char
acteristics to inventive activity.

Cooper, Joseph D., ed. The Economics
o f Drug Innovation. Proceedings of the
first seminar on economics of pharma
ceutical innovations, April 27-29,
1969. Washington, The American
University, Center for the Study of
Private Enterprise, School of Business
Administration, 1970. 285 pp.

Evan, William M., and Black, Guy. “Inno
vation in Business Organizations:
Some Factors Associated with Success
or Failure of Staff Proposals.” Journal
o f Business, Vol. 40, No. 4, October
1967, pp. 519-530.
The authors analyze factors affecting
the success of proposals for innovation
submitted to line management by staff
specialists.

Investigates the relationship between
research and development and the rate of
new product introduction in the pharma
ceutical industry.
3.230

Davis, Vincent. The Politics o f Innova
tion: Patterns in Navy Cases. The
Social Science Foundation and
Graduate School of International
Studies Monograph Series in World
Affairs, Vol. 4, Monograph No. 3.
Denver, University of Denver, 1967.
69 pp.

3.234

Goldsmith, Maurice, ed. Technological
Innovation and the Economy. A
Science o f Science Foundation
Symposium on Technological Innova
tion and Growth of the Economy

3.235

(C h u rch ill C ollege, Cambridge,
England, April 1969). New York,
Wiley-Interscience, 1970. 292 pp.

to Inventive Activity.” American
Economic Review, Vol. 61, No. 4,

Discusses the roles of government and
of the educational system, and the
attitudes of management and labor.

Maintains that individuals believe that
any information they can discover may
be useful for speculative or resale
purposes, and therefore they tend to
overinvest in inventive activity, rather
than underinvest, as most commentators
have assumed.

September 1971, pp. 561-574.

Griliches, Zvi. “Hybrid Corn and the
Economics of Innovation,” in The
R e in te r p r e ta tio n o f A m erica n
Economic History, Robert W. Fogel
and Stanley T. Engerman, eds. New
York, Harper and Row, 1971. pp.
207-213.

3.239

Examines differences by area in the
acceptance of hybrid corn. Notes the
S-shaped pattern of diffusion, corre
sponding to that of technical change in
general. Finds that adoption of hybrid
corn depends mainly upon market
factors.
3.236

Examines the factors which affect
innovation and its diffusion. These
factors include research and development
a c tiv ity , purchase o f knowledge,
economic and market structures, and
availability of financing. Discusses the
methods used in assessing the relative
importance of innovations in terms of
productivity, cost reductions, profits and
sales, and patents.

Havelock, Ronald G., and associates.
Planning for Innovation Through
Dissemination and Utilization o f
Knowledge. Ann Arbor, Center for
Research on Utilization of Scientific
Knowledge, University of Michigan,
July 1969. About 300 pp.

3.240

Provides a framework for evaluating
th e fa c to rs a ffe c tin g innovation,
dissemination, and utilization of knowl
edge. Reviews the literature on the
subject.
3.237

Higgs, R. “American Inventiveness,
1870-1920.” Journal o f Political
Economy, Vol. 79, No. 2, March-April
1971, pp. 661-667.
3.241

Kleiman, Herbert S. “A Case Study of
Innovation.” Business Horizons, Vol.
9, No. 4, Winter 1966, pp. 63-70.
Discusses the development of the
integrated circuit, illustrating government
and industry roles in innovation.

3.242

Knight, Kenneth E. “A Descriptive Model
of the Intra-Firm Innovation Process.”
Journal o f Business, Vol. 40, No. 4,
October 1967, pp. 478-496.

Hirshleifer, Jack. “The Private and Social
Value of Information and the Reward

Kamien, M. I., and Schwartz, N. “Market
Structure, Elasticity of Demand and
Incentive to Invent.” Journal o f Law
and Economics, Vol. 13, No. 1, April
1970, pp. 241-252.
Argues that between industries of like
structure, the industry with the greater
demand elasticity has the greater inven
tion incentive, and that monopoly pro
vides a greater incentive to invent than a
competitive industrial structure.

Extends the wealth maximization
model of invention by taking account of
costs of information and relating these
costs to the urban-rural distribution of
population. Concludes that the proportion
of the population in urban areas and the
number of inventions per capita were
closely associated.
3.238

Johnston, R. E. “Technical Progress and
In n o v a tio n .” O xford Economic
Papers N.S., Vol. 18, No. 2, July
1966, pp. 158-176.

Discusses the process of innovation in
terms of psychological, sociological,
economic, and historical perspectives.
Shows that innovation tends to be the
product of small contributions by many
individuals.
3.243

develop in the future and their effects on
employment.
3.246

Leonard, William N. “Research and
Development in Industrial Growth.”
Journal o f Political Economy, Vol. 79,
No. 2, March-April 1971, pp. 232-256.

Argues that, contrary to assertions by
some researchers, the U.S. steel industry
did not lag behind industry of other
countries in installing the oxygen con
verter process. Shows that all of the
innovators —in Japan and Austria, as well
as in the United States — met
Schumpeter’s criteria that large firms
with substantial market power have com
paratively great incentives, in addition to
ample resources, for research and innova
tion. Details a number of economic and
technological factors which complicate
the decision to introduce new technology
at one stage in an integrated plant.

Finds
that
research
intensity,
measured by company R and D spend
ing, relates significantly to growth
rates in sales, assets, and net income
in 16 industries. Results begin to appear
two years after initial spending. Research
intensity as measured by manpower ratios
is less related to growth. Also finds that
excessive allocation to defense and space
R and D slows industrial growth.

3.244

Mansfield, Edwin. Industrial Research
and Technological Innovation: A n
Econometric Analysis. New York,
W. W. Norton, 1968.235 pp.

3.247

Presents brief conclusions on such
topics as the determination of the rate of
technological change, the amount of
research and development going on in the
United States, the determinants of
industrial research and development
ex p e n d itu res, and the relationship
between such expenditures and innova
tion.
Mansfield, Edwin. “Innovation and Tech
nical Change in the Railroad
I n d u s t r y , ” in T ra n sp o rta tio n
Economics, John R. Meyer, ed. New
York, National Bureau of Economic
Research, 1965. pp. 169-198.

Minasian, Jora R. “Research and Develop
ment, Production Functions, and
Rates of Return.” American Economic
Review, Vol. 59, No. 2, May 1969, pp.
80-85.
Estimates a Cobb-Douglas production
function for 17 chemical firms with
technology dependent on R & D
expenditures. Estimates separate rates of
return on R & D expenditures and capital.

Discusses trends in labor and total
factor productivity, shifts in the produc
tion function, distribution of inventions
over time, the role of the largest railroads
in introducing new techniques and their
adoption by other companies, and the
most promising technologies likely to

Metcalfe, J. S. “Diffusion of Innovation
in the Lancashire Textile Industry.”
Manchester School o f Economic
and Social Studies, Vol. 38, No. 2,
June 1970, pp. 145-159.
Investigates the diffusion of three
cost-saving innovations in the weaving
sector of the Lancashire textile industry.
Finds that innovations which are similar
in their economic and technical aspects
are diffused in a similar manner.

3.248
3.245

McAdams, A. K. “Big Steel, Invention,
and
Innovation
Reconsidered.”
Quarterly Journal o f Economics, Vol.
81, No. 3, August 1967. pp. 457-474.

3.249

Mueller, Dennis C. Patents, Research and
Development, and the Measurement o f
Inventive Activity. Reprint No. 129.

3.254

Washington, The Brookings Institution,
1967. 11 pp.
Presents estimates of correlation
b etw een research and development
expenditures, R&D employment, etc., as
inputs, and the number of patents as
outputs, in an attempt to measure inven
tive activity. Finds the correlation to be
high.
3.250

Reviews the strengths and weaknesses
of national science policies in the 1960’s,
and explores the relationships between
eco n o m ic growth, technology, and
society. Argues that society will demand
more of technology in improving the
quality of life as well as products and
production processes in the 1970’s.

Myers, Sumner, and Marquis, Donald B.
Successfu l Industrial Innovations.
Washington, National Science Founda
tion, 1969. 117 pp.

3.255

The authors examine innovations in
five industries, as well as the processes
which led to commercial success.
3.251

3.256

Nordhaus, William D.Invention, Growth
and Welfare: A Theoretical Treatment
o f Technological Change. Cambridge,
Mass., MIT Press, 1969. 168 pp.

3.257
Organization for Economic Cooperation
and Development. Government and
Technical Innovation. Paris, OECD,
1966. 60 pp.

Ruff, L. E. “Research and Technological
Progress in a Cournot Economy.”
Journal o f Economic Theory, Vol. 1,
No. 4, December 1969, pp. 397-415.
Applies techniques of optimal control
theory to investigate the relations
between the number of firms, the degree
to which technological knowledge is a
“public good,” and the institutional
structure of the economy. The effect of

F o resees governments becoming
increasingly involved in the innovative
process as the pace of technological
change quickens. Discusses how a govern
ment should stimulate innovation.

Rudelius, W., and Wood, G. L. “Life
Insurance and Product Innovations.”
Journal o f Risk and Insurance, Vol.
37, No. 2, June 1970, pp. 185-190.
The authors analyze six important life
insurance innovations. Larger rather than
smaller, and mutual rather than stock
firms accepted innovation first. A firm
that was an early adopter of one innova
tion was found to be an early adopter of
another. There was no apparent relation
between growth of sales and rapid adop
tion of innovation.

Discusses the problem of the inventive
process at the firm level. Considers the
problems of invention in an economy
wide, general equilibrium framework.
3.253

Organization for Economic Cooperation
and Development. The Conditions for
Success in Technological Innovation.
Paris, OECD, 1971.169 pp.
Examines the roles of government,
private industry, and the university in
technological change. Concludes that the
most important factors encouraging
successful change are assurance of reward,
competition among industries, labor
mobility, and manpower planning.

Nelkin, Dorothy. The Politics o f Housing
Innovation. Ithaca, N.Y., Cornell
University Press, 1971,124 pp.
Examines critically the “important
but finally abortive” Civilian Industrial
Technology Program, instituted in the
early sixties to foster innovation in “lag
ging” industries such as housing and
textiles. Highlights the problems involved
in attempts to restructure Federal
research and development policy to
respond to social needs.

3.252

Organization for Economic Cooperation
and Development. Science, Growth
and Society: A New Perspective. Paris,
OECD, 1971.113 pp.

at a moment in time between industries.
Analyzes the effects of economic growth
on technology by focusing on inventions.

these relations on the rate of aggregate
technological progress in an economy of
independent producing-researching firms
is examined.
3.262
3.258

Rumiantsev, A. “Problems of Scientific
and Technological Progress.” Problems
o f Economics, Vol. 13, No. 12, April
1971, pp. 25-45.

Discusses technological change in
terms of the process of invention, the
patterns and effects of innovation in
industry, and the consequences of tech
nological change for social objectives.

Explores the problems of measuring
the contribution of research and develop
ment to an economy in the Russian
context.
3.263
3.259

Samuelson, Paul A. “A Theory of
Induced Innovation Along Kennedy Weizsaecker Lines.” The Review o f
Economics and Statistics, Vol. 47, No.
4, November 1965, pp. 343-356.

3.264

Sapolsky, Harvey M. “Organizational
S tru ctu re and Innovation” The
Journal o f Business o f The University
o f Chicago, Vol. 40, No. 4, October
1967, pp. 497-510.

3.265

S h ep ard , Herbert A. “InnovationResisting and Innovation-Producing
Organizations.” Journal o f Business,
Vol. 40, No. 4, October 1967, pp.
470-477.
Discusses organizations in terms of
ability to innovate and resistance to
innovation. Stresses need for restructur
ing organizations to accept or generate
innovations.

3.266

S chm ookler, Jacob. Invention and
Economic Growth. Cambridge, Mass.,
Harvard University Press, 1966. 328
pp.
Examines the causes of fluctuations in
the number of inventions over time and

Shell, Karl. “Towards a Theory of Inven
tive Activity and Capital Accumula
tion.” American Economic Review,
Vol. 56, No. 2, May 1966, pp. 62-68.
Argues that the rate of technical
change may be estimated on the basis of
the amount of economic resources
devoted to inventive activity.

By means of an illustrative study of
department stores the author discusses
problems of structuring an organization
which will maximize utilization of inno
vations. Decentralized organization facili
tates innovation, yet putting innovations
into effect requires more centralization.
There is conflict between the search for
and the adoption of innovation.
3.261

Shanks, Michael. The Innovators: The
Economics o f Technology. Baltimore,
Penguin Books, 1967. 294 pp.
Explores social and economic factors
which determine the pace of the applica
tion of scientific knowledge in industry.

Explores the notion, common among
economists, that innovation has a laborsaving bias. Argues that, if it can be
assumed that there is a tradeoff between
innovational reductions in labor versus
capital input requirements, long-run
equilibrium in constant relative shares
will exist.
3.260

Schon, Donald A. Technology and
Change: The New Heraclitus. New
York, Pergamon Press, 1967. 248 pp.

U.S. Congress, House, Committee on
Science and Astronautics, Subcom
mittee on Science, Research, and
Development. Selected Readings on
Science,
Technology,
and
the
Economy. Compiled
by
the
Economics Division and the Science
Policy Research Division, Congres
sional Research Service, Library of

Research and Development in Main
land China. New York, Praeger, 1970.
592 pp.

Congress. Washington, U.S. Govern
ment Printing Office, 1971.95 pp.
A compilation of comments on the
relation between science, technology, and
the economy.
3.267

The authors assemble the available
facts on organization and support of
science and make some observations on
the methods by which the Chinese have
acquired and used new knowledge.

U.S. National Science Foundation, Divi
sion of Science Resources and Policy
Studies. A Review o f the Relationship
between Research and Development
and Economic Growth/Productivity.
Washington, D.C., February 1971. 76
pp.

IV. Productivity, prices, and costs
4.001

A collection of papers focussing on the
effects of R&D on economic growth and
productivity.
3.268

Explains the theories of wage determination
in layman’s terms. Discusses the implications
of, and alternatives to, an incomes policy for
Canada.

Verma, P. “Patents in British Industry.”
Yorkshire Bulletin o f Economic and
Social Research, Vol. 21, No. 2,
November 1969, pp. 114-118.

4.002

Explains the relationship between
productivity and technological change in
British manufacturing industries over the
period 1954-61. Uses the trend in patents
as an indicator of technological change.
3.269

Argy, V. “International Comparisons of Rates
of Change in Earnings.” Oxford Economic
Papers, Vol. 20, No. 3, July 1968, pp.
221-232.
Explains intercountry differences in rates of
change in earnings in terms of two variables:
differential unemployment rates and produc
tivity growth rates.

Williams, Bruce R. Technology, Invest
ment and Growth. London, Chapman
and Hah, Ltd., 1967.206 pp.

4.003

A collection of the author’s essays
dealing with the “technology gap,” the
process of innovation, the relation
between research and development and
economic growth, and related topics.
3.270

Anton, Frank R. Wages and Productivity: The
New Equation. Toronto, The Capp Clark
Publishing Company, 1969. 152 pp.

Barnes, Irston R. “Do Productivity Gains
Warrant Wage Increases?” The Conference
Board Record, Vol. 8, No. 11, November
1971, pp. 3942.
Holds that productivity gains should be
distributed through lower prices rather than
higher wages, and that higher wages necessarily
lead to inflation.

Wilson, Andrew H. Science, Technology
and Innovation. Special Study No. 8.
Ottawa, Economic Council of Canada,
1968. 139 pp.

4.004

Beller, Irving. “Unit Labor Costs and the
Worker’s Share.” The American Federatiohist, Vol.72, No. 12, December 1965, pp.

8- 12.
Presents a short history of the growth
of science and technology. Discusses the
process of innovation. Seeks to identify
pertinent factors related to Canada’s
future development.
3.271

Argues that unit labor costs in manufactur
ing have declined significantly in recent years
because increases in wages, salaries, and fringe
benefits have been lagging behind productivity.
Sees a trend toward economic stagnation if a
disproportionate share of income continues to
go to those who save and invest.

Wu, Yuan-li, and Sheeks, Robert B. The
Organization and Support o f Scientific

4.005

Beller, Irving. “A Social Role for Productivity.”
The American Federationist, Vol. 74, No. 5,
May 1967, pp. 6-13.

“unlimited” number of persons would still be
willing to work at the subsistence wage, because
of differences in labor productivity.

Explains the meaning and importance of
productivity and reviews the productivity
record of American workers. Argues that man
agement is unjustly reaping the benefits of
labor’s improved productivity.
4.006

4.011

Analyzes the relationship between labor
costs and output per man-hour during the
sixties.

Blakeman, L. T. “Incomes, Productivity, and
Planning.” Long Range Planning, Vol. 1, No.
4, June 1969, pp. 10-13.
4.012
Describes industrial relations planning at
Ford of England and explains how the com
pany attempts to formulate a wage program
which is equitable and which encourages
productivity gains.

4.007

Bliss, Charles A. “Flaw in the Wage-Price
Guideposts.” Harvard Business Review, Vol.
44, No. 3, May/June 1966, pp. 73-78.

4.013

Bloom, Gordon F. “Productivity: Weak Link in
Our Economy.” Harvard Business Review,
Vol. 49, No. 1, January-February 1971, pp.
4-14.

4.014

Bodkin, Ronald G. The Wage-Price-Productivity
Nexus. Philadelphia, University of Penn
sylvania Press, 1966. 302 pp.

4.015

Bottomley, A., and Nudds, D. “Factor Pricing
with ‘Unlimited’ Supplies of Labor.” Man
chester School o f Economic and Social
Studies, Vol. 35, No. 3, September 1967,
pp. 277-284.
Finds that the price of labor will rise with
increasing demand for it, even though an

Chandler, John H., and Jackman, Patrick C.
Unit Labor Costs in Manufacturing: Trends
in Nine Countries, 1950-65, BLS Bulletin
1518. U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of
Labor Statistics, 1966. 34 pp.
The authors present and discuss indexes of
unit labor costs, hourly compensation, output
per man-hour, and related statistics for the
United States, Canada, France, Germany, Italy,
Japan, Netherlands, Sweden, and the United
Kingdom.

Analyzes econometrically the relationship
between wages and prices in the American
economy, 1900-1957, in an attempt to deter
mine the compatibility of full employment and
price stability as national economic goals.
4.010

Canadian Labor Congress. Labor Costs in
Canada. Ottawa, Canadian Labor Congress,
February 1966. 40pp.
This pamphlet presentsorganized labor’s
point of view, reviews recent trends in labor
costs, and discusses the relationships between
wages, productivity, profits, and prices.

Maintains that productivity must rise as fast
as capital and labor costs to prevent inflation.
4.009

B ro n fe n b re n n e r, Martin.
“A Guidepost
M o rte m .” Industrial
Labor Relations
Review, Vol. 20, No. 4, July 1967. pp.
637-649.
Refutes the position of the Chicago School
that macroeconomic policy, if administered
sensibly, can eliminate any need for wage-price
guideposts. Suggests changes in guideposts.

Argues that using a measure of “physical”
productivity in a “financial” context results in
confusing gross and net productivity.
4.008

Brand, Horst. “Labor Costs: Major Sources of
Recent Pressures.” The Conference Board
Statistical Bulletin, Vol. 2, No. 1, January
1969, pp. 2-5.

Chandler, John H., and Jackman, Patrick C.
“Unit Labor Cost in Nine Countries: Cost
Trends in Nine Industrial Nations.” Monthly
Labor Review, Vol. 88, No. 9, September
1965, pp. 1064-1068.
The authors discuss long-term trends in
comparative labor costs and in the components
of cost ratios.

4.016

Argues that a wide range of structural
adaptations in government policies, in collective
bargaining, and in other private decisions is
needed to stabilize wages and prices at
sustained high levels of employment.

Close, Guy C., Jr. Work Improvement. New
York, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1960. 388
pp.
Discusses methodology and techniques used
by business, industry, and service organizations
to reduce costs and increase productivity.
4.022

4.017

Confederation of British Industry.Productivity
Bargaining. London, Confederation of
British Industry, May 1968. 17 pp.

Discusses the similarities and differences
between Bureau of Labor Statistics and
Chamber of Commerce definitions of fringe
benefits.

Sets forth the CBI’s view of productivity
bargaining. Suggests guidelines for the optimal
implementation of productivity bargaining.
4.018

Delagrave, Pierre M. “Wage Parity in Canada
Not Possible Without Equal Increase in
Productivity.” Canadian Vocational Journal,
Summer, 1967, Vol. 3, No. 1, pp. 4-14.

4.023

Holds that the Canadian wage structure
cannot be raised to the level prevailing in the
United States until parity in productivity has.
been achieved.
4.019

4.024

Douty, H. M. “Productivity Bargaining in
Britain.” Monthly Labor Review, Vol. 91,
No. 5, May 1968, pp. 1-6.

4.025

Great Britain, Department of Employment and
Productivity. Productivity, Prices, and
Incomes Policy A fter 1969. London, Her
Majesty’s Stationery Office, December 1969.
43 pp.
A White Paper reviewing past governmental
efforts to stabilize and strengthen the economy.
Discusses long-term growth and stabilization
policies.

Dunlop, John T. “Guideposts, Wages, and
Collective Bargaining.” Monthly Labor
Review, Vol. 89, No. 6, June 1966, pp.
630-633.

Glejser, Herbert. “Inflation, Productivity and
Relative Prices: A Statistical Study.” The
Review o f Economics and Statistics, Vol.
47, No. 1, February 1965, pp. 76-80.
Investigates the influence on the magnitude
of long-run relative price changes of inflation
and increases in labor productivity. Formulates
statistical models for intercountry comparisons
of rates of increase in the consumption price
level and in industrial productivity for each of
15 countries.

Discusses economic conditions in Britain
leading to productivity agreements between
labor and management. Explains these agree
ments as an exchange of higher wages for
greater management control and new standards
of work to insure more efficiency in produc
tion. Discusses relation to costs, prices, and
devaluation.
4.021

Freeman, R. E. “Roles of Farm Productivity
and Marketing Margins in Postwar Decline in
Farm Prices.” Journal o f Farm Economics,
Vol. 48, No. 1, February 1966, pp. 31-41.
Finds that changes in the farm prices of
several food groups were associated negatively
with changes in output per man-hour, and
changes in marketing margins were not related
to farm price changes.

Douty, H. M. “Living Costs, Wages, and Wage
Policy.” Monthly Labor Review, Vol. 90,
No. 6, June 1967, pp. 1-7.
Holds that wage policy in the United States
represents an element in a strategy for price
stability under conditions of high employment.
The basic guidepost for wage adjustment is the
trend of output per man-hour in the private
sector.

4.020

Fox, Harland. “Comparing the Cost of Fringe
Benefits.” The Conference Board Record,
Vol. 4, No. 5, May 1967, pp. 29-35.

4.026

to their higher concentration in the low-income
South.

Great Britain, National Board for Prices and
Incomes. Productivity Agreements. Report
No. 36. London, Her Majesty’s Stationery
Office, 1967. 77 pp.

4.031

Discusses characteristics and effects of
productivity bargaining in light of seven specific
agreements.
4.027

The authors develop a theoretical model for
the size distribution of income with labor’s
relative share as a function of technological
change. They analyze the impact of techno
logical change, education, transfer payments,
and inflation on the inequality of income
distribution.

Great Britain, National Board for Prices and
Incomes. Productivity and Pay During the
Period o f Severe Restraint. Report No. 23.
London, Her Majesty’s Stationery Office,
1966. 22 pp.
Discusses the purposes and characteristics of
productivity agreements and weighs the result
ing gains and costs.

4.028

4.032

Great Britain, National Economic Development
Council. Productivity, Prices, and Incomes:
A General Review. London, National
Economic Development Office, 1967. 41 pp.

4.033
Great Britain, Royal Commission on Trade
U nions and Employers’ Associations.
“ Productivity Bargaining,” in Research
Papers, 4. London, Her Majesty’s Stationery
Office, 1967. pp. 1-46.

Gwartney, J.D . “Employment Discrimination,
P ro d u c tiv ity F a c to rs, and Income
Differentials Between White and Non-White
Males in 1959.” American Economic
Review, Vol. 60, No. 3, June 1970, pp.
396408.

4.034

Horvitz, Wayne L. “The ILWU-PMA Mechaniza
tion and Modernization Agreement,” in
Industrial Relations Research Association,
Proceedings o f the Twenty-First Annual
Winter Meeting (December 29-30, 1968),
1969, pp. 144-151.
Reviews and evaluates results of the 1963
agreement between the Longshoremen’s Union
and shippers to avoid expected upheavals
caused by rapid technological change in cargo
loading procedures.

Using data from the census and the U.S.
Department of Health, Education, and Welfare,
the author discusses the “productivity factors”
affecting the income of nonwhites as compared
with whites. He finds that between two-fifths
to two-thirds of the income differential is due
to lower educational attainment and lower
scholastic achievement of non whites, as well as

Hartman, Paul T. Collective Bargaining and
Productivity: The Longshore Mechanization
Agreement. Berkeley, Calif., University of
California Press, 1969. 307 pp.
Discusses origins of restrictive labor practices
and their eventual elimination through collec
tive bargaining and other union actions. Pro
vides quantitative estimates of productivity
change after restrictive rules were abandoned.

Reviews the operation of productivity bar
gaining and the gains and losses to be realized
from it.
4.030

Harris, E. Marjorie, ed. The Realities o f Produc
tiv ity Bargaining. Industrial Relations
Committee Report. London, Institute of
Personnel Management, May 1968. 46 pp.
Discusses aspects of productivity bargaining,
p artic u la rly in labor-intensive situations.
Examines three existing productivity agree
ments in detail.

Presents and discusses statistics on prices,
productivity, and income from employment
and other sources in the United Kingdom.
4.029

Harmston, Floyd K., and Hino, Hiroyuki. Tech
nological Change and the Inequality o f
Income Distribution. Discussion Paper 71-1.
Columbia, Mo., University of Missouri, May
1971.22 pp.

4.035

Hultgren, Thor. Costs, Prices, and Profits: Their
Cyclical Relations. New York, National

Tests, by means of multiple regression
analysis, the influence of productivity, size, and
c o n c e n tra tio n upon inter-industry wage
differentials.

Bureau of Economic Research, 1965. 229
pp.
Examines the behavior of profits and the
factors determining profits during the business
cycle.
4.036

4.041

Hunt, E. H. “Labour Productivity in English
Agriculture: 1850-1914.” Economic History
Review, Vol. 20, No. 2, August 1967, pp.
280-292.

Presents an econometric model incorporat
ing wage determination equations. Scrutinizes
the role of profits in the wage equation, which
are considered to be a proxy for productivity.
Form ulates a productivity determination
theory. Finds that the unemployment level
does not provide a strong explanation of wage
changes and that quarterly statistical explana
tions of wage changes are of poor quality.
Productivity explained more variance in wage
change than profits or the Phillips curve.

Explains why agricultural wages in northern
England from 1850-1914 were substantially
above those in southern England. Regional
variations in wages were associated with
differences in labor productivity. Farmers in
high-*vage areas found themselves at no com
petitive disadvantage.
4.037

International Labor Office. Statistics o f Labour
Cost. Report prepared for the Eleventh
International Conference of Labor Sta
tisticians (Geneva, October 1966). Geneva,
ILO, 1966. 53 pp.

4.042

Discusses the need to develop reliable
measures of the level, composition, and trend
of labor costs.
4.038

4.043

Jones, Ken, and Golding, John. Productivity
Bargaining. Fabian Research Series 257.
London, Fabian Society, November 1966.
38 pp.

Kamerschen, David R. “Inter-Industry Earnings
Differentials, Productivity, Size, and Con
centration.” Journal o f Industrial Relations,
Vol. 9, No. 1, March 1967, pp. 52-64.

Li-Tien, F., and Chien, W. “A Quantitative
Analysis of the Relationship Between the
Rate of Growth of Productivity and the
Average Wage.” Chinese Economic Studies,
Vol. 3, No. 1, Fall 1969, pp. 70-91.
The authors hold that labor should receive in
the form of wages the benefits from increases in
productivity due to increased quality of labor,
but that savings due to technological advance
should for the most part be retained to further
the capital accumulation of the State and the
capacity to produce.

Strongly advocating productivity bargaining,
the authors discuss some features of, and
experience with, actual agreements.
4.040

Lamson, Robert D. “Measured Productivity and
Price Change: Some Empirical Evidence on
Service Industry Bias; Motion Picture
Theaters.” Journal o f Political Economy,
Vol. 78, No. 2, March-April 1970, pp.
291-305.
Discusses the problem of measuring quality
change in the motion picture theater industry.
Finds that greater attention to the specification
of the output of service industries may alter
relative appraisals of price and productivity
performance.

Isaac, Julius E. Wages and Productivity.
M elbourne, Canberra, Australia, F. W.
Chesire, 1967. 157 pp.
Discusses the principles by which the Com
monwealth Conciliation and Arbitration Com
mission (Australia) determines its wage awards.
Also discusses the structure and level of actual
earnings.

4.039

Kuh, Edwin. “A Productivity Theory of Wage
Levels—An Alternative to the Phillips
Curve.” Review o f Economic Studies, Vol.
34(4), No. 100, October 1967, pp. 333-360.

4.044

Mark, Jerome A. Wage-Price Guidepost Sta
tistics: Problems o f Measurement. Paper |

presented before the American Statistical
Association, Pittsburgh, August 20-22, 1968.

4.049

Reviews problems associated with the devel
opment of output per man-hour measures used
for implementing the guide post policy.
4.045

The authors argue that with an increase in
wages over a certain range, the increase in
resulting productivity is proportionately higher
than the wage increase itself.

Mark, Jerome A., and Kahn, Elizabeth. “Unit
Labor Cost in Nine Countries: Recent Unit
Cost Trends in U.S. Manufacturing.”
Monthly Labor Review, Vol. 88, No. 9,
September 1965, pp. 1056-1060.

4.050

The authors discuss trends in post-war labor
costs, productivity, and real labor payments.
4.046

4.051

4.052

Mazel, Joseph L. “The Productivity Gap Gets
Wider.” Modern Manufacturing, August
1968, pp. 56-61.

North, Dick T. B., and Buckingham, G. L.
Productivity Agreements in Wage Systems.
London, Gower Press, 1969. 262 pp.
The authors discuss the main problems in
productivity bargaining at the plant level and
suggest some ways of solving them. They
provide a conceptual framework in which
productivity agreements can be understood,
and summarize the salient features of
experience gained.

Mitchell, Edward J. “Explaining the Inter
national Pattern of Labor Productivity and
Wages: A Production Model with Two Labor
Inputs.” The Review o f Economics and
Statistics, Vol. 50, No. 4, November 1968,
pp. 461-469.

4.053

Seeks an explanation of wage and labor
productivity differentials among eleven coun
tries by introducing a rough measure of labor
quality in estimating each country’s production
function. Concludes that a substantial portion
of the cross-national differences can be
explained by differences in the skill composi
tion of the labor force.

Neef, Arthur. “Unit Labor Costs in Eleven
Countries.” Monthly Labor Review, Vol. 94,
No. 8, August 1971, pp. 3-12.
Discusses comparative trends in unit labor
costs, labor compensation, and productivity
during the 1960’s.

Discusses disparity between productivity
trends and compensation trends in the postwar
period, and what management can do to narrow
this gap in terms of increased efficiency.
4.048

Myers, John G. “Productivity Is Up.” The
Conference Board Record, Vol. 7, No. 10,
October 1970, pp. 10-14.
Discusses the relationship between output,
productivity, employment, and unit labor costs
in Spring 1970, as well as over the longer term.

Mauer, J. J., and Hemley, D. D. “Racial
Discrimination, Productivity, and NegroWhite Income.” Review o f Social Economy,
Vol. 28, No. 2, September 1970, pp.
164-172.
Examines reasons for wage differentials
between whites and Negroes. Finds that labor
productivity mostly explains white-non white
income differentials in States outside the South
and discrimination mostly explains them in the
South.

4.047

Moes, J. E., and Bottomley, A. “Wage Rate
Determination with Limited Supplies of
Labour in Developing Countries.” Journal o f
Development Studies, April 1968, Vol. 4,
No. 3, pp. 380-386.

Organization for Economic Cooperation and
Development. Forms o f Wage and Salary
Payment for High Productivity. Inter
national Management Seminar (Versailles,
September 26-29, 1967). Paris, OECD,
1970.411 pp.
Reviews and assesses the effectiveness of
forms of wage and salary compensation in 11
member countries. Reports on several new
approaches to improving productivity through
pecuniary incentives.

4.054

Also discusses output per unit of labor, product
substitution, and labor mobility as deter
minants of sectoral wage movements.

Organization for Economic Cooperation and
D ev elo p m ent. Producti vity Bargaining.
Report by the British Joint Team which
visited the United States from 15th-25th
May, 1966, to study productivity bargaining.
Paris, OECD, 1966. 25 pp.

4.059

Compares the institutional and policy back
grounds of American and British industrial
relations bearing on the concept of productivity
bargaining and its implementation. Presents
case studies.
4.055

Examines the relationship between price
trends and productivity trends in manu
facturing in terms of (1) wage-price guideposts
and (2) expected price movements where an
industry seeks to maintain a target rate of
return on capital.

Organization for Economic Cooperation and
Development. Wages and Labor Mobility.
Paris, OECD, 1965. 258 pp.
4.060
Examines the relationship between changes
in wage structures and changes in employment
patterns. Points out several wage situations
which can, with economic justification, be
given as exceptions to productivity guidelines.

4.056

Phelps-Brown, E. H. A Century o f Pay: The
Course o f Pay and Production in France,
Germany, Sweden, the United Kingdom, and
the United States o f America, 1860-1960.
New York, St. Martin’s Press, 1969. 476 pp.

4.061

Phipps, Anthony J. “The Roles of Labor
Productivity and Demand in the Pricing
Process: An Inter-Industry Study Using
Time-Series Data.” Bulletin. Oxford Uni
versity Institute of Economics and Statistics,
Vol. 31, No. 4, November 1969, pp.
285-297.

4.062

Reynolds, Lloyd G., and Gregory, Peter. Wages,
Productivity, and Industrialization in Puerto
Rico. Homewood, 111., Richard D. Irwin,
1965.357 pp.
The authors report on industrial develop
ment, management policies, and labor price
characteristics between 1945 and 1955. They
find management skill the most important
factor affecting productivity.

Pitchford, J. D. “Wage Policy and Distribution
Theory.” Economica, Vol. 34, No. 134, May
1967, pp. 167-180.
4.063
Investigates the determination of wage
policy in the context of factor substitution.

Rees, Albert, and Hamilton, Mary T. “The
Wage-Price-Productivity Perplex.” Journal o f
Political Economy, February 1967, pp.
63-70.
Discusses the limitations of Phillips curves in
explaining the relationship between changes in
price and wage levels and unemployment. The
context of the discussion is a critical review of
The Wage-Price-Productivity Nexus, by Ronald
G. Bodkin. (See entry 4.009.)

Finds that in labor-intensive industries,
prices are cyclically sensitive to changes in
productivity and demand, while in capitalintensive industries, prices are cyclically rela
tively insensitive.
4.058

Read, L. M. “The Measure of Total Factor
Productivity Appropriate to Wage-Price
G u id e lin e s.” Canadian Jo u rn a l o f
Economics, May 1968.
Suggests a solution of the simultaneous type
in calculating capital carried and capital con
sumed when computing total factor produc
tivity. Also discusses wage-price relations in
terms of productivity change.

Shows that the rise in real wages owed much
to productivity increases, and that both of
these variables are dependent on technical
change and the expectations of businessmen.
4.057

Raines, Frederick Q. “Price and Productivity
Trends in Manufacturing Industries.” The
Review o f Economics and Statistics, Vol. 49,
No. 3, August 1967, pp. 393-403.

Robertson, D. J. “Guideposts and Norms: Con
trasts in U.S. and U.K. Wage Policy.”
Reprinted from The Three Banks Review,

4.068

December 1966, No. 72. Reprint no. 294.
California, Institute of Industrial Relations,
1967. 29 pp.
Examines similarities and differences in U.S.
and U.K. wage policies.
4.064

Defines and assesses productivity bargaining
in terms of what is expected from it for
economic growth, efficiency in the use of labor,
the distribution of income, and the labormanagement bargaining process.

Robertson, D. J. Productivity Bargaining and
the Engineering Industry. London, Kogan
Page Associates, for the Engineering
Employers’ Federation, 1968. 60 pp.

4.069

Presents guidelines for planning, negotiating,
and implementing productivity agreements, and
discusses pertinent problems. Also presents a
case study, and shows how factors involved in
productivity bargaining may be quantified.
4.065

Robinson, Derek. “Implementing an Incomes
Policy.” Industrial Relations, Vol. 8, No. 1,
October 1968. pp. 73-90.

4.070

4.071

Shrivastav, Omkar S. Economics o f Wages,
Productivity and Employment. Gwalior,
India, Kailash Pustak Sadan, 1968. 257 pp.

Towers, B., and Whittingham, T. G., eds. The
New Bargainers: A Symposium on Produc
tivity Bargaining. Nottingham, England,
Department of Adult Education, University
of Nottingham, 1970. 179 pp.
A compendium of papers analyzing the
nature of productivity bargaining, tracing its
development, assaying its effects, and assessing
its future.

4.072

Shultz, George P., and Aliber, Robert Z., eds.
Guidelines, Informal Controls and the
Market Place: Policy Choices in a Full
Employment Economy. Chicago, 111., The
University of Chicago Press, 1966. 357 pp.

Trades Union Congress. Productivity, Prices and
Incomes. London, Trades Union Congress,
1965.71 pp.
Discusses economic policy in light of the
economic situation of Great Britain. Gives an
account of discussions between the TUC, the
Government, and employer organizations.

Contains the proceedings of a conference
held at the University of Chicago in April 1966
on policies to influence the market behavior of
individual businesses, banks, and labor unions.
Productivity change is among the criteria for
guidelines and controls.

Topham, Tony. Productivity Bargaining and
Workers’ Control. Nottingham, England, The
Institute for Workers’ Control, 1968. 11 pp.
Reviews recent trends in productivity bar
gaining, arguing that it aims at wage control and
higher profitability, and that it undermines
workers’ control at the plant level.

Analyzes the relation between wages,
productivity, and employment, with special
application to developing economies. Reviews
and criticizes present theories.
4.067

“Symposium on Productivity Bargaining.”
British Journal o f Industrial Relations, Vol.
5, No. 1, March 1967, pp. 1-62.
Includes five papers assessing the advantages
and disadvantages of various productivity bar
gaining approaches.

Outlines four stages in adopting a voluntary
price and incomes policy, using Britain as a
model: (1) obtaining general acceptance of its
need, (2) determining policy content, (3)
establishing means for implementation, and (4)
implementing the policy. Predicts new attitudes
towards collective bargaining as government
becomes more involved in labor management
relations. Sees a need for patience if policies are
to be accepted over the long term.
4.066

Stettner, Nora. Productivity Bargaining and
Industrial Change. London and New York,
Pergamon Press, 1969. 185 pp.

4.073

Turner, Marjorie S. “A Comparison of Some
Aspects of the Cambridge Theory of Wages
and Marginal Productivity Theory.” Journal
o f Economic Issues, Vol. 1, No. 3,
September 1967, pp. 189-198.

Compares the two theories in terms of
realism of assumptions in model construction;
success of approximation schemes; possibility
of distinguishing the model from the theory;
and predictive capability. Also discusses
possibilities of integrating the two theories.
4.074

Ulman, Lloyd. “Collective Bargaining and
Industrial Efficiency.” Reprinted from
Richard E. Caves and Associates, ed.,
Britian’s Economic Prospects. London,
George Allen and Unwin Ltd., 1968. Reprint
No. 326. Berkeley, University of California,
1968. pp. 323-380.

4.080

U.S. Congress, Joint Economic Committee.
Productivity, Prices, and Incomes. Materials
prepared by the Committee Staff, 89th
Congress, 2nd session. Washington, U.S.
Government Printing Office, 1967. 213 pp.

U.S. Secretary of Labor James D. Hodgson.
“The Role of Productivity in the Attainment
of National Goals.” Speech before the
National Machine Tool Builders Association,
Washington, D.C., November 11, 1971. 10
pp.
Reviews the recent productivity perfor
mance of the economy. Discusses the impact of
rising productivity on inflation, the inter
national competitiveness of U.S. goods, and the
quality of life.

4.081

U.S. Congress, Joint Economic Committee. The
Wage Price Issue: The Need for Guideposts.
Hearing 90th Congress, 2nd session. Wash
ington, U.S. Government Printing Office,
January 31,1968. 82 pp.

Wiles, R. C. “The Theory of Wages in Later
English Mercantilism.” Economic History
Review, Vol. 21, No. 1, April 1968, pp.
113-126.
Suggests that one of the views most com
monly attributed to mercantilist economic
thought is the desirability of low wages as a
guarantee of a favorable balance of trade.
However, the “later English mercantilists”
recognized that high wages did not conflict
with low or competitive prices because of the
relationship between productivity and prices.

Examines the evidence on the stabilizing
effects of guideposts, and the need for their
revival. Commenting on the suggestions set

U.S. Department of Labor, Manpower Adminis
tration. Management Decisions to Automate.
Manpower/Automation Research Mono
graph No. 3,1965. 37 pp.
Reports on the factors that influenced man
agerial decisions to automate in eight firms.
Compares automation results with expecta
tions. Finds expectations of cost reductions
through increased labor productivity to be the
determining factor.

Presents data dealing with productivity,
prices, wages, and profits for the economy as a
whole and for two selected industrial areasfood products and metals. Characteristics and
limitations of the data are summarized. Significant changes in the economy, as revealed by the
data, are indicated.
4.077

U.S. Council of Economic Advisers. “Guideposts for Noninflationary Wage and Price
Behavior,” in Labor and the National
Economy. New York, W.W. Norton, 1965,
pp. 88-94.
Explains how long-run, economy-wide
changes in productivity can be used as a guide
for appraising the behavior of wages and prices.

4.079

Identifies and evaluates restrictions on
industrial efficiency resulting from the British
system of collective bargaining, and discusses
policies designed to increase labor productivity.
4.076

4.078

Towers, B., and Whittingham, T.G . “Produc
tivity Bargaining in the United Kingdom: An
Overview.” Journal o f Industrial Relations,
Vol. 13, September 1971, pp. 251-273.
The authors define the concept and trace the
development of productivity bargaining, as well
as its repercussions for industrial relations and
for the British economy.

4.075

forth in the committee are Gary Fromm, John
W. Kendrick, George L. Perry, and John
Sheahan.

4.082

Williams, Roger. “Profits: A Fruit of Produc
tivity.” Nation’s Business, Vol. 58, No. 10,
October 1970, p. 101.

input-output relationships and converted into
employment requirements through productivity
and price adjustments.

Argues that productivity data are the best
guide for management to improve profits.
Shows that profits have increased since World
War II only when gains in GNP were larger than
cost increases. Productivity decreases when
there has been a period of growth with
extended low unemployment. Suggests execu
tives examine cost records regularly, not just
when profits are pinched.
4.083

5.002

Surveys the impact of computer technology
on the lower level executive ranks, finding that
automation has eliminated or radically changed
many of these positions.

Wise, David. A n International Comparison o f
Unit Labor Cost in the Iron and Steel
Industry, 1964: United States, France,
Germany, United Kingdom, BLS Bulletin
1580. U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of
Labor Statistics, 1968. 64 pp.

5.003

Wood, Ian, and Lawler, Edward E. “Effects of
Piece-Rate Overpayment on Productivity.”
Journal o f Applied Psychology, Vol. 54, No.
3, June 1970, pp. 234-238.

5.004

The authors maintain that “excessive” wage
rates lead to lower productivity and a higher
quality of workmanship.
4.085

Zudak, L. S. “Productivity, Labor Demand, and
Cost in a Continuous Production Facility.”
Journal o f Industrial Economics. Vol. 18,
No. 3, July 1970, pp. 256-275.

5.005

Automobile Manufacturers Association. Tech
nological Change and Employment in the
Automotive Industry. Detroit, Automobile
Manufacturers Association, Inc., 1965. 8 pp.
Discusses the manpower and collective
bargaining policies of tU.S. automakers.

5.006

V. Productivity and employment
Alterman, Jack. “Interindustry Employment
Requirements.” Monthly Labor Review,
Vol. 88, No. 7, July 1965, pp. 841-850.

Bardwell, George E., and Mahar, James F. A
Method o f Measuring Short-Term Impacts o f
Technological Change on Employment and
O c cu p a tio n s. Denver, Colo., Denver
Research Institute, University of Denver,
September 1965. 92 pp.
The authors study the innovation process in
a sample of power laundries. They formulate a
model to predict the impact of innovative
capital equipment on employment and skill
requirements.

Explains the interindustry employment
tables showing U.S. direct and indirect employ
ment per billion dollars of delivery to final
demand and how they were derived from 1958

Aionson, Robert L. Jobs, Wages and Changing
Technology: Recent Experience. Bulletin
55. Ithaca, N.Y., Cornell University, July
1965.74 pp.
Discusses ways to ease the adjustments
necessitated by technological change.

Analyzes output, capital, and labor require
ments in continuous process facilities, holding
that marginal product analysis is inapplicable.

5.001

Ammer, Dean S. Mechanization and Manpower
in Gray Iron Foundries. Boston, Bureau of
Business and Economic Research, North
eastern University, September 1965. 234 pp.
Examines technological changes and their
effects on production and employment. Com
pares management and automation decisions in
foundries of widely varying levels of tech
nology.

Provides a detailed comparison of, and dis
cusses factors affecting, unit labor costs.
4.084

American Foundation on Automation and
Employment. Automation and the Middle
Manager. New York, American Foundation
on Automation and Employment, 1966. 49
pp.

5.007

Details the technological changes that have
occurred and can be expected to occur in the
future on several classes of ships. Discusses the
effect of the changes on employment, working
conditions, and worker attitudes.

Barkin, Solomon, ed. Technical Change and
Manpower Planning. Paris, Organization for
Economic Cooperation and Development,
1967.287 pp.
Presents 29 case studies prepared in eight
countries on the methods of programing tech
nological change and manpower adjustments.

5.008

5.013

Bauer, L. L. “The Effect of Technology on the
Farm Labor Market.” American Journal o f
Agricultural Economics, Vol. 51, No. 3,
August 1969, pp. 605-618.

Surveys the methods that unions and man
agement have adopted to soften the adverse
effects of technological change on workers.

Estimates the time path of the effect of
technology, as measured by expenditures for
research and extension services, on the farm
labor market.
5.009

5.014

Bauer, Raymond A., ed. Second-Order Con
sequences: A Methodological Essay on the
Impact o f Technology. Cambridge, Mass.,
The M.I.T. Press, 1969. 240 pp.

5.015

Bonwick, George J., and Cox, R. W., eds.
Automation on Shipboard. Proceedings of a
seminar held at Elsinore, Denmark, by the
International Institute for Labor Studies,
September 1965. London, Macmillan Co.
Ltd., 1967. 127 pp.

5.016

Bowen, Howard R., and Mangum, Garth L.,
eds. Automation and Economic Progress.
Englewood Cliffs, N.J., Prentice-Hall, 1966.
170 pp.

5.017

Crossman, E. R. F. W. Automation, Skill, and
Manpower Predictions. Seminar on Man
power Policy and Program. U.S. Department
of Labor, Manpower Administration, 1966.
53 pp.
Develops a general model for employment in
an automated economy and discusses the man
power changes associated with progress towards
a thoroughly automated society. Theorizes that
labor will come to depend more on capital in
place than on demand.

Buck, P. B. “Technological Change and the
Merchant Seaman.” International Labour
Review, Vol. 92, No. 4, October 1965, pp.
298-313.

Cottrell, Fred. Technological Change and Labor
in the Railroad Industry. Lexington, Mass.,
Heath Lexington Books, 1970. 159 pp.
Compares the effects of changing technology
on workers in the United States, the United
Kingdom, and New Zealand.

A summary of the Report of the National
Commission on Technology, Automation, and
Economic Progress.
5.012

Christensen, Eric. Automation and the Workers.
London, LRD Publications, 1968. 100 pp.
Explores questions relating to the effects of
automation and its ramifications in several
British industries.

A collection of papers detailing recent tech
nological changes and their effects on employ
ment, skill requirements, and labor relations.
5.011

Canada Department of Labor. Technological
Changes in the Railway Industry: Employ
ment Effects and Adjustment Process.
Ottawa, Canada Department of Labor,
Economics and Research Branch, 1967. 161
pp.
Examines the interaction between tech
nological changes and employment on the basis
of observations in a major railroad repair shop.

Discusses the indirect effects of techno
logical change on society, industry, and the
environment. Focuses on the secondary effects
of the space program.
5.010

Canada Department of Labor. Response to
Technological Change. Ottawa, Canada
Department of Labor, 1967. 17 pp.

5.018

Day, R. H. “The Economics of Technological
Change and the Demise of the Share
cropper.” American Economic Review, Vol.
57, No. 3, June 1967, pp. 427449.

5.023

S um m arizes findings on production,
technological change, resource utilization, and
labor demand from a recursive programing
model of the Mississippi Delta farm economy.
Shows that a “two-stage” push forced workers
out of year-round employment in agriculture,
and then forced them out of agriculture
altogether.
5.019

The authors examine the extent and pace of
the introduction of electronic data processing,
and its implications for employment and occu
pational requirements.
5.024

Delehanty, George E. Nonproduction Workers
in U.S. Manufacturing. Amsterdam, NorthHolland Publishing Company, 1968. 256 pp.

5.025

Domangue, Dennis A. “Technology Changes
the Sugarcane Labor Force.” Employment
Service Review, Vol. 2, Nos. 1 and 2,
January-February 1965, pp. 5-8.

5.026

Dorner, Peter. “Needed Redirections in Eco
nomic Analysis for Agricultural Develop
ment Policy.” American Journal o f Agricul
tural Economics, Vol. 53, No. 1, February
1971, pp. 8-16.

5.027
Foster, Howard G. “Unemployment and
Shorter Hours.” Labor Lccw Journal, Vol.
17, No. 4, April 1966, pp. 211-225.
Evaluates shorter working hours as a device
to combat unemployment. Includes a discus
sion of productivity and unit labor costs.

Freedman, Audrey, and Weinberg, Edgar.
“Changing Manpower Needs in Telephone
Offices.” Monthly Labor Review, Vol. 91,
No. 2, February 1968, pp. 56-58.
The authors describe how manpower
adjustments were made in four cases of shifts
from manual to automatic dialing and highlight
the importance of a variety of measures to
minimize dislocation of workers arising from
technological change.

Urges close examination of the secondary
effects of increases in agricultural productivity,
such as changing employment and income
distribution patterns.
5.022

Freedman, Audrey; Hammerman, Herbert; and
Riche, Richard. Manpower Planning for
Technological Change: Case Studies o f
Telephone Operators, BLS Bulletin 1574.
U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor
Statistics, 1968. 34 pp.
The authors describe the manpower policies
and experiences of several companies within the
Bell Telephone System in converting from
manual to long-distance dial telephone systems.

Describes how increased mechanization over
the last 25 years has nearly eliminated the
unskilled, seasonal worker.
5.021

Freedman, Audrey. “Office Automation in the
In su ran ce Industry.” Monthly Labor
Review, Vol. 88, No. 11, November 1965,
pp. 1313-1319.
Discusses a 1963 BLS study of the extent of
electronic data processing and its effects on
employment patterns.

Analyzes the nature, causes, and implica
tions of the increase in the number of nonpro
duction workers relative to production workers
in manufacturing during the postwar period.
Finds a positive correlation between increases
in productivity and increases in the number of
nonproduction workers.
5.020

Freedman, Audrey; Elliott, Mable; and Keyes,
J. Stephen. Impact o f Office Automation in
the Insurance Industry, BLS Bulletin 1468.
U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor
Statistics, 1966. 71 pp.

Friedrichs, Gunter. “Planning Social Adjust
ment to Technological Change at the Level
of the Undertaking.” International Labour
Review, Vol. 92, No. 2, August 1965, pp.
91-105.
Outlines minimum trade union demands for
the right to plan with management for adjust

Policy, sponsored by the National Council
on the Aging, Washington, D.C., October 26,
1965. U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of
Labor Statistics, 1965. 8 pp.

ment to technological cnange. Suggests that
indemnities be paid to workers who are laid off.
5.028

Fryer, John L. “The Implications of
Technological Change for Collective Bar
gaining.” Industrial Relations, Vol. 22, No.
3, July 1969, pp. 411-421.

Discusses past productivity trends, the rela
tionship between productivity and employment
change, and the future of productivity change
and its impact on employment.

Stresses the importance of collective bar
gaining in solving problems created by techno
logical change. Sees a need for new approaches
and an enquiry to investigate aspects of tech
nological change in Canada.
5.029

5.033

Fuchs, Victor R. “The Growing Importance of
the Service Industries.” Journal o f Business
o f the University o f Chicago. Vol. 38, No. 4,
October 1965, pp. 344-373.

Reviews the 20th century productivity pat
tern in the United States, with particular
reference to the effects of productivity increase
on employment, and discusses possible future
trends in productivity and employment.

Examines the shift in employment and in
the gross national product from the goods to
the service sector. Discusses some of the impli
cations for employment opportunities and sta
bility, labor, demand for capital goods, and
industrial organization as well as the complica
ting effects the shift will have on the economic
analysis of productivity.
5.030

5.034

Gaevskaia, V. “Certain Findings of a Study on
the Utilization of Labor Resources.” Prob
lems o f Economics, Vol. 12, No. 12, April
1970, pp. 45-60.
5.035

5.036

Herman, Arthur S. “Manpower Implications of
Com puter Control in Manufacturing.”
Monthly Labor Review, Vol. 93, No. 10,
October 1970, pp. 3-8.
Finds from a survey of six industries that
expanded use of computers created new jobs
and that it did not displace many- workers,
although it required retraining.

Greenberg, Leon. Productivity Trends and
Unemployment. Address to Seminar on
Automation, Manpower, and Retirement

Helfgott, Roy B. “Easing the Impact of Tech
nological Change on Employees: A Conspec
tus of United States Experience.” Inter
national Labour Review, Vol. 91, No. 6,
June 1965, pp. 503-519.
Reviews measures taken by companies and
unions to minimize the social and economic
disruption due to technological change.

Goldberg, Joseph P. “Containerization as a
Force for Change on the Waterfront.”
Monthly Labor Review, Vol. 91, No. 1,
January 1968, pp. 8-13.
Discusses the effect of containerization on
shipping, longshore labor requirements, and
operations. Reviews the union-management
agreements made to ease the changes.

5.032

Haase, Peter E. “Technological Change and
Manpower Forecasts.” Industrial Relations,
Vol. 5, No. 3, May 1966, pp. 59-71.
Examines the information available on how
technology affects employment, occupational
requirements, and job content. Outlines
methods of forecasting the manpower impact
of technological change.

Summarizes a survey of collective farms in
Russia, finding large-scale underutilization and
uneven utilization of farm labor, especially of
women. Argues for the establishment of
secondary industries to employ laborers during
the long non-growing season.
5.031

Greenberg, Leon. “Technological Change, Pro
ductivity, and Employment in the United
States,” in Manpower Implications o f A uto
mation. U.S. Department of Labor, Man
power Administration, 1965, pp. 1-14.

5.037

tions, with special reference to the metalwork
ing industry.

Hubbard, Norman S. “Short-Run Changes in
Labor Productivity in United States Manu
facturing, 1954-59.” Yale Economic Essays,
Vol. 8, No. 2, Fall 1968. 74 pp.

5.043

Estimates short-run employment elasticity
for individual manufacturing establishments.
5.038

Illinois. Report o f the State o f Illinois Com
mission on Automation and Technological
Progress, 1967. Prepared under the direction
of William Karp. Springfield, 1967. 108 pp.

Reviews recent changes in technology and
their effects on the labor force.
5.044

Presents several case studies of key Illinois
industries where the problem of technological
disemployment was encountered. Makes a series
of recommendations.
5.039

5.045

Outlines present and expected future
changes in technology, production, and
employment with a view towards facilitating
required adjustments.
International Labor Office. Labor and Automa
tion: A Tabulation o f Case Studies on
Technological Change. Geneva, ILO, 1965.
87 pp.

5.046

International Labor Office. Labor and Automa
tion: Automation and Nonmanual Workers.
Geneva, ILO, 1967. 113 pp.
Investigates the effects of automation on the
nature of work, manpower requirements, eco
nomic organization, and labor union attitudes,
particularly in Europe.

Klotz, Benjamin P. Disemployment o f Labor at
the Establishment Level. U.S. Department of
Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics, 1966. 17
pp.
Assesses the relative impact of productivity
and output changes on employment in 17
selected 4-digit industries. Finds that, in gene
ral, output did not increase sufficiently to avoid
disemployment.

International Labor Office. Labor and Automa
tion: Technological Change and Manpower
in a Centrally Planned Economy. Geneva,
ILO, 1966. 92 pp.
5.048

Analyzes material from 163 Soviet publica
tions on the effects of automation on occupa

Ketterling, Virgil H. “Productivity, Output, and
Employment.” American Statistical Associa
tion, Proceedings o f the Business and Eco
nomic Statistics Section, 1965, pp. 175-183.
Examines the statistical relations between
output, productivity, and man-hours in the U.S.
economy.

5.047

5.042

Jaffe, A. J., and Froomkin, Joseph. Technology
and Jobs. New York, Praeger, 1968. 284 pp.
The authors examine the relationship
between technological change and the labor
force, with emphasis on the post-World War II
period, and compare trends in the United States
with those abroad.

Summarizes information on 160 case studies
in 14 countries.
5.041

International Labor Office. The Effects o f
Advanced Technology on Employment and
Conditions o f Work in the Chemical Indus
tries. Geneva, ILO, 1969. 77 pp.
Reviews the characteristics of the industry
and discusses the effect of accelerating techno
logical change on production and employment.

International Labor Office. Effects o f Techno
logical Developments on the Occupational
Structure and Level o f Employment in the
Leather and Footwear Industry. Geneva,

ILO, 1969.73 pp.

5.040

International Labor Office. “Technical Progress
and Its Social Consequences in the French
Textile Industry.” International Labour
Review, Vol. 92, No. 1, July 1965, pp.
51-62.

Lawrence, Paul R. “How to Deal with Resis
tance to Change.” Harvard Business Review,

5 .053

Vol. 47, No. 1, January-February 1969, pp.
4-5+.
Urges managers to seek out meaningful
worker participation when introducing change.
Finds most resistance the result of thoughtless
management practices.
5.049

Summarizes and interprets findings of a
year-long investigation, commissioned by the
Congress, into the impact of technological and
economic change on production and employ
ment. Assesses past effects of such change as
well as job requirements and major types of
manpower displacement likely to occur during
the decade ahead. Defines areas of unmet
community and human needs toward which
application of new technologies might be effec
tively directed. Assesses the means by which
new technologies might be channeled into other
promising directions. Recommends pertinent
manpower and other policies. (See also follow
ing entries for the appendix volumes to the
Commission Report.)

Levine, Morton. “Adjusting to Changing Tech
nology on the Railroads.” Monthly Labor
Review, Vol. 92, No. 11, November 1969,
pp. 36-42.
Reports on measures taken to retrain or
otherwise help railroad workers displaced by
technological and other changes in the railroad
industry.

5.050

Lovejoy, Robert J. “Labor Productivity in
Italian Agriculture.” Industrial and Labor
Relations Review, Vol. 21, No. 4, July 1968,
pp. 570-580.
Discusses the dynamics of employment and
output and their relationship to productivity in
Italian agriculture. Forecasts future trends in
productivity.

5.051

5 .054

Mandelstamm, Allan B. “The Effects of Unions
on Efficiency in the Residential Construc
tion Industry: A Case Study.” Industrial and
Labor Relations Review, Vol. 18, No. 4,
July 1965, pp. 503-521.

5 .055

Mueller, Eva, and associates. Technological
Advance in an Expanding Economy. Ann
Arbor, Institute for Social Research, The
University of Michigan, 1969. 254 pp.

National Commission on Technology, Automa
tion, and Economic Progress. The Employ
ment Impact o f Technological Change.
Appendix Volume II to Technology and The
American Economy, The Report o f the
Commission. Washington, U.S. Government
Printing Office, February 1966. 399 pp.
Contains studies of disemployment; of tech
nological change and its impact on jobs by
industry; of skill requirements arising from the
installation and use of automated equipment;
and of hours of work and leisure.

Reports on a nationwide cross-sectional sur
vey of the effect of technological advance on
employment, income, job satisfaction, and job
content, and of the effect of education and
training on worker adjustment to change.

National Commission on Technology, Automa
tion and Economic Progress. The Outlook
for Technological Change and Employment.
Appendix Volume I to Technology and The
American Economy, The Report o f the
Commission. Washington, U.S. Government
Printing Office, February 1966. 373 pp.
Contains projections of employment, man
power requirements, and industry productivity
to 1975 and discussions of technological devel
opments, particularly in the computer field.

Compares efficiency and costs in residential
construction in Ann Arbor and Bay City,
Michigan, and explains the approximately equal
costs of building a house as resulting from
effective apprenticeship programs (sponsored
by unions), entrepreneurial efficiency, and
wage and other competitive pressures.
5.052

National Commission on Technology, Automa
tion, and Economic Progress. Technology
and the American Economy, The Report o f
the Commission. Washington, U.S. Govern
ment Printing Office, February 1966. 115
pp.

5..056

National Commission on Technology, Automa
tion, and Economic Progress. Adjusting to

niques in the solution of social and economic
problems; and evaluates techniques designed to
assure civilian and commerical uses of tech
nologies developed in defense and space efforts.

Change. Appendix Volume III to Technol
ogy and the American Economy, The
Report o f the Commission. Washington, U.S.
Government Printing Office, February 1966.
275 pp.
5.059

Assesses income maintenance programs and
other programs aiding the poor; compares U.S.
and Western European programs aiding dis
placed workers in adjusting to technological
and other changes; examines problems posed
for Negroes by recent technological changes;
surveys needs of users of manpower projec
tions; examines the effect of a minimum wage
on the employment of unskilled workers; and
reports on a computer experiment in analyzing
labor market data bearing upon the impact of
technological change.
5.057

Statements by interested organizations and
individuals in response to a request by the
Commission for their views on the impact of
technological change.

National Commission on Technology, Automa
tion, and Economic Progress. Educational
Implications o f Technological Change.
Appendix Volume IV to Technology and the
American Economy, The Report o f the
Commission. Washington, U.S. Government
Printing Office, February 1966. 151 pp.

5.060

5.061

Organization for Economic Cooperation and
Development. Manpower Aspects o f A uto
m ation

National Commission on Technology, Automa
tion, and Economic Progress. Applying
Technology to Unmet Needs. Appendix
Volume V to Technology and the American
Economy, The Report o f the Commission.
Washington, U.S. Government Printing
Office, February 1966. 291 pp.

an d Technical Change. (European

Conference, Zurich, February 1-4, 1966.)
Paris, OECD, 1966. 138 pp.
Discusses the rate of penetration of automa
tion in Europe and the impact of technical
change on jobs and the location of industry.
Explores the requirements for effective man
power policy.

Examines the possibilities of the computer
and other modern planning tools for solving
problems of urban planning and metropolitan
development; summarizes results of feasibility
studies of applying the systems skills of the
aerospace industry to the solution of social
problems; describes problems of air and water
pollution and of waste disposal and suggests
methods for their control; examines attempts
underway to deal with transportation problems
and to use computerized diagnostic screening
systems in health care; presents an inventory of
computer-aided modeling and simulation tech

Organization for Economic Cooperation and
Development. Acceptance and Resistance, A
resume of Touraine, Alain, and Associates,
Workers’ Attitudes to Technical Change.
Paris, OECD, 1965, 116 pp.
Summarizes the major findings concerning
worker reactions to technological change.

Explores experimental developments in the
use of computers and other new technologies in
the education process and analyzes the
implications.
5.058

National Commission on Technology, Automa
tion, and Economic Progress. Statements
Relating to the Impact o f Technological
Change. Appendix Volume VI to Technol
ogy and the American Economy, The
Report o f the Commission. Washington, U.S.
Government Printing Office, February 1966.
309 pp.

5.062

Organization for Economic Cooperation and
Development. The Requirements o f A uto
mated Jobs. (North American Joint Confer
ence, December 1964.) Paris, OECD, 1965.
453 pp.
The report of a conference on the impact of
automation upon broad occupational trends.
Discusses the contributions which both private
and public measures can make to facilitate
manpower adjustments.

5.063

Pejovich, S. “Technological Progress and Tech
nical Schools.” Review o f Social Economy,
Vol. 26, No. 1, March 1968, pp. 40-49.
Seeks to provide a basis for evaluating two
alternative manpower programs—training in
technical schools and training on the job.
Suggests that the average expected rate of
return from technical school training is higher
than the corresponding rate for on-the-job
training. Simple cost-benefit analysis, however,
may be misleading. While on-the-job training
yields lower returns, it tends to provide greater
protection against cyclical unemployment than
does technical school training.

5.064

5.069

Piore, M. “On-the-Job Training and Adjustment
to Technological Change.” Journal o f
Human Resources, Vol. 3, No. 4, Fall 1968,
pp. 435-449.

5.070

Richard

W. M a n p o w er Planning

5.071

Adapt to New Technology at an Electric and
Gas Utility: A Case Study. BLS Bulletin
293. U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of
Labor Statistics, April 1965. 25 pp.

5.072

Riche, Richard W. “Manpower Planning at an
Electric and Gas Utility.” Monthly Labor
Review, Vol. 88, No. 8, August 1965, pp.
965-967.
Discusses a study by the BLS concerning
technological changes in both plant and auxil
iary operations and how they were dealt with
by management and labor.

Shirai, Takamasa. “Improvements in Labor
Productivity and Employment in Keynes’
So-called Classical System.” Osaka Eco
nomic Paper, Vol. 14(2), No. 27, December
1965.
Examines the effect of an increase in the
marginal disutility of labor, an increase in labor
productivity, or an increase in the price of
non-wage goods on employment in a two-sector
Keynesian system.

Describes the methods used in introducing
laborsaving technology with a minimum of
hardship to employees.
5.067

Shepard, Jon M. Automation and Alienation: A
Study o f Office and Factory Workers. Cam
bridge, Mass., MIT Press, 1971. 163 pp.
Discusses the influence of technology and
the degree of job specialization on the worker’s
integration into or alienation from work. Finds
that alienation levels seem to be reduced by
automated technology in both factory and
office.

Rezler, Julius. Automation and Industrial
Labor. New York, Random House, 1969.
224 pp.

Riche,

Scott, W. H., ed. Office Automation: Adminis
trative and Human Problems. Paris, Organi
zation for Economic Cooperation and Devel
opment, 1965. 103 pp.
Discusses some of the manpower problems
which industries in four European countries
encountered when they introduced computers
in their offices in the early 1960’s. Suggests
how manpower changes might be made more
smoothly.

Analyzes changes in workers’ jobs, unions,
and relations with employers brought about by
technological change.
5.066

Rothberg, Herman J. “A Study of Office
Automation in the IRS.” Monthly Labor
Review, Vol. 92, No. 10, October 1969, pp.
26-31.
Reports how conversion to automatic data
processing in the Atlanta Internal Revenue
Service was accomplished without involuntary
transfers or separations.

Discusses the role of on-the-job training in
preventing structural imbalances in labor mar
kets. Holds that its role in adjustments to
technological change suggests new interpreta
tions of labor productivity.
5.065

5.068

Shirom, Arie. Industrial Cooperation and
Adjustment to Technological Change: A
S tu d y o f J o in t Management-Union
Committees.U.S. Department of Commerce,
National Bureau of Standards, 1968. 340 pp.
Evaluates the potential of joint managementunion committees for effective planning of
adjustment to technological change.

5.073

Siegel, B. N. “Technical Change and Employ
ment in the United States, 1890-1965.”
Western Economic Journal, Vol. 6, No. 2,
March 1968, pp. 121-133.

Society for Personnel Administration, 1965.
68 pp.
Outlines the benefits and problems brought
about by automatic data processing. Pays par
ticular attention to the effect of automation on
education.

Deals with changes in the historical relation
ship between private-sector output growth and
employment growth in the United States. The
employment elesticity of the rate of output
growth has tended to decline over the period of
1890-1965, the decline evidently being
associated with acceleration in the rate of
technical change.
5.074

5.078

The authors discuss the system of “planned
management” introduced in 1964, which
increases the role of incentives to make the
economy more responsive to change. Postwar
trends in employment and manpower planning
preceding the introduction of the new system
are reviewed.

Siegel, Irving H. “Productivity Measures and
Forecasts for Employment and Stabilization
Policy,” in Dimensions o f Manpower Policy:
Programs and Research, Levitan, Sar A., and
Siegel, Irving H., eds. Baltimore, Johns
Hopkins Press, 1966. 299 pp.
5.079

Explores certain aspects of the meaning,
measurement, and use of productivity statistics
in the light of policy requirements concerning
employment and wage-price stabilization.
5.075

Smith, A. D. Redundancy Practices in Four
Industries. Paris, Organization for Economic
Cooperation and Development, 1966. 129
pp.

5.080

Examines the practices of the steel, railroad,
textile, and telecommunications industries in
the United States and the United Kingdom in
assisting workers whose jobs have been perma
nently eliminated by technical change. Explores
the reasons for differing practices among these
industries.
5.077

“The Key to Full Employment.” American
Machinist, June 28,1971.
Discusses capital *investment in manufac
turing, the impact of imports on employment
and investment, and suggests a program to
ensure full employment.

5.081

Society for Personnel Administration. Automation Around the Nation. Fourth Annual
Conference on Automation and Personnel
Administration, May 13, 1965. Washington,

Striner, Herbert E. “Technological Displace
ment as a Micro Phenomenon.” Monthly
Labor Review, Vol. 90, No. 3, March 1967,
pp. 30-31.
Argues that the report of the National
Commission on Technology, Automation, and
Economic Progress obscures the problem of
labor displacement due to technology by treat
ing unemployment on a macroeconomic basis,
while the problem in fact occurs on the
microeconomic level. Significant numbers of
workers may be affected by displacement, but a
macroeconomic treatment will tend statistically
to offset their loss of employment by gains
elsewhere.

Silberman, Charles E. “The Real News About
Automation.” Fortune, Vol. 71, No. 1,
January 1965, p. 124+.
Discusses long-term productivity growth in
the private economy. Argues that the effect of
automation on employment in the United
States has been irresponsibly exaggerated.

5.076

Stieber, Jack and Paukert, Liba. “Manpower and
Technological Change in Czechoslovakia.”
Industrial Relations, Vol. 8, No. 1, October
1968, pp. 91-107.

Touraine, Alain, and associates. Workers ’
Attitudes to Technical Change. Paris, Organi
zation for Economic Cooperation and Devel
opment, 1965.177 pp.
Considers the determinants of workers’ atti
tudes toward change. Indicates how managers

might gain the cooperation of their workers
when instituting change.
5.082

that substantial increases in manufacturing
employment are a suitable and effective means
of achieving rapid growth in total output,
although he finds it desirable that the rate of
increase in manufacturing output substantially
exceeds that in employment.

Ulman, Lloyd. Automation in Perspective.
Reprint No. 305. Berkeley, California,
Institute of Industrial Relations, University
of California, 1967. 18 pp.
5.087

Suggests that the impact of automated con
trol technologies on the economy does not
essentially differ from that of conventional
technologies, and that postwar productivity
gains are related to high employment levels
rather than to changes in the pattern of
technological innovations and their diffusion.
5.083

Summarizes 40 case studies in eight coun
tries on experience with coordinating techno
logical change and manpower planning at the
enterprise level.

U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor
Statistics. Technician Manpower 1966-80,
BLS Bulletin 1639. Washington, U.S. Gov
ernment Printing Office, March 1970. 28 pp.

5.088

Discusses the employment outlook of tech
nicians in various technician occupations and
industries in terms of projected requirements.
Also discusses criteria for qualifying as a techni
cian. Stresses the need for further research.
5.084

U.S. Department of Labor, Manpower Adminis
tration. Manpower Implications o f Automa
tion. 1965.86 pp.

5.089

U.S. Department of Labor, Women’s Bureau.
Automation and Women Workers. 1970. 11
pp.

5.090

Weiss, Jeffrey. “The Changing Job Structure of
Health Manpower,” in Proceedings o f the
Twenty-Third Annual Winter Meeting,
Industrial Relations Research Association.
(D ecem ber 28-29, 1970), 1971. pp.
162-172.
Criticizes the assumption of fixed manpower
coefficients in past studies of the health indus
tries. Using dentistry as an example, the author
argues that the increasing employment of tech
nical personnel to perform the more routine
tasks once done by highly trained professionals
has been the primary force in raising the
productivity of these professionals and in allow
ing the health industries to meet rising demand.

Walton, F. T. “Manufacturing Employment,
Growth and Labor Supply.” Scottish Jour
nal o f Political Economy, Vol. 14, No. 1,
February 1967, pp. 30-47.
Based on the experience of 12 OECD coun
tries between 1955 and 1964, the author finds

Weinberg, Edgar, and Ball, Robert A. “The
Many Faces of Technology.” Occupational
Outlook Quarterly, Vol. 11, No. 2, May
1967, pp. 7-10.
The authors summarize major developments
in technology and industry growth patterns and
their impact on job skills.

Argues that predictions of persistent techno
logical unemployment made in the fifties and
early sixties have proved false. Rather, automa
tion has caused a significant expansion in job
opportunities for women.
5.086

Weinberg, Edgar. “Some Manpower Implica
tions,” in Automation Management: A
Social Perspective. Athens, Georgia, Second
Annual Georgia-Reliance Symposium, 1970.
pp. 78-91.
Discusses the nature and rate of technologi
cal change and its implications for employment,
education, and occupational training in the
1970’s.

Presents a compendium of papers on techno
logical change and manpower presented by the
U.S. Department of Labor at the OECD North
American Regional Conference.
5.085

Wedderburn, Dorothy. Enterprise Planning for
Change. Paris, Organization for Economic
Cooperation and Development, 1968. 140
pp.

5.091

at the Seminar on Input-Output Analysis,
Bucharest, Romania, September 8-18, 1969.
15 pp.

Wolfe, J.N . “Productivity and Growth in
Manufacturing Industry: Some Reflections
on Professor Kaldor’s Inaugural Lecture.”
Economica, Vol. 35, No. 138, May 1968,
pp. 117-126.

Describes how input-output tables are used
as a framework for projections in terms of final
demand, interindustry relationships, output,
and employment under conditions of stable
economic growth and high employment.

Shows that assertions that a shortage of
productive labor exists in manufacturing are
not supported by the statistics of either unem
ployment or wage rates. Various branches of
manufacturing have been able to expand their
work force rapidly.

6.005

An introductory text surveying growth pat
terns in developed and less developed econo
mies, major theories of growth, and alternative
policies for encouraging economic growth.

VI. Productivity and economic growth
6.001

Almon, Clopper, Jr. The American Economy to
1975. New York, Harper and Row, 1966.
169 pp.
6.006
Presents internally consistent projections,
based on interindustry matrices, of consumer
spending, capital expenditures, government pur
chases, exports and imports, and technological
changes.

6.002

Alterman, Jack. “Input-Output Projections of
the U.S. Economy to 1980 and Some
Implications,” in American Statistical Asso
ciation, Proceedings o f the Business and
Economic Statistics Section, 1970, pp.
73-83.

6.007

Alterman, Jack. “Studies of Long-Term Eco
nomic Growth.” Monthly Labor Review,
Vol. 88, No. 8, August 1965, pp. 983-987.

6.008

Blackett, P. M. S. Technology, Industry, and
Economic Growth. The 13th Fawley Foun
dation Lecture. Southampton, England, Uni
versity of Southampton, 1966. 19 pp.
Reviews some of the reasons for the British
economic crisis. Discusses Britain’s position in
the world, and the changes in the educational
and industrial structure necessary to realize its
potential.

6.009
Alterman, Jack. The Use o f Input-Output Anal
ysis by the Federal Interagency Growth
Project in the United States. Paper presented

Bhattacharyya, M. A. Capital Longevity and
Economic Growth: An Analytical Study.
Calcutta, India, Bookland Private Ltd., July
1965. 143 pp.
Discusses and analyzes the major theoretical
investigations of the relation between the eco
nomic life of capital and economic growth.
Offers his own growth model.

Explains the activities and goals of the
Federal Interagency Growth Study Project.
States that the main objective of the project is
to establish a framework for analyzing the
long-term implications for economic growth of
shifts in the economy, particularly with respect
to manpower utilization.
6.004

Berri, L. “Methodological Problems in Forecast
ing Economic Development and Technical
Progress.” Problems o f Economics, Vol. 12,
No. 10, February 1970, pp. 51-71.
Urges Soviet planners to take account of
possible technological improvements and the
social and economic changes these may initiate
when considering future economic programs.

Explains the construction and uses of BLS
projections of labor force growth, final
demand, potential output, industry output,
productivity, and employment.
6.003

Baldwin, Robert E. Economic Development
and Growth. New York, John Wiley & Sons,
1966. 133 pp.

Blitzer, C. R. “Elasticity of Substitution and
the Retardation of Soviet Growth Rates.”
The Review o f Economics and Statistics,
Vol. 52, No. 1, February 1970, pp. 104-108.

the rents paid to specialized natural resources
critical in the production of those exports.
They calculate that Canadian prairie agriculture
in the first decade of this century contributed a
much smaller share to increases in income than
past judgments indicated. They suggest that for
most underdeveloped countries even large-scale
expansion of primary-product exports cannot
be expected to contribute substantially to
increases in per-capita income.

Discusses an article by Norman M. Kaplan
on the subject in terms of two “extreme”
assumptions—i.e., that the decline in the Soviet
growth rate is due entirely to a decline in
technological progress, or that it is due to a
decline in the growth rate of combined factor
inputs.
6.010

Blyth, C. A., and Hamer, P. “Output, Employ
ment, and Productivity Growth in New
Zealand Manufacturing Industries.” Produc
tivity Measurement Review, No. 41, May
1965.

6.014

Investigates some of the sources of growth in
New Zealand’s economy.
6.011

Constructs indexes of industrial output for
the period 1949-1959. Seeks to eliminate
upward biases in indexes published by the
Chinese government.

Bruton, Henry J. “Import Substitution and
Productivity.” Journal o f Development
Studies, Vol. 4, No. 3, April 1968, pp.
306-326.

6.015

After broadly defining the term “import
substitution” , the author examines possible
approaches to a “successful” import substitu
tion policy—one which contributes to raising
the rate of growth of output without sowing at
the same time the seeds of its own failure. The
approach is based on divergent rates of growth
of productivity among several sectors.
6.012

Bruton, Henry J. “Productivity Growth in
L atin A m erica.” American Economic
Review, Vol. 57, No. 5, December 1967, pp.
1099-1116.

6.016

Clark, Colin. “The Fundamental Problem of
Economic Growth.” Welt Wirtschaftliches
Archiv, Vol. 94, No. 1, March 1965, pp. 1-9.
Concludes that the most important factors
in economic growth are not of a physical nature
— natural resources or capital — but reside in
human nature. Economists should abandon
their preoccupation with capital investment as a
source of growth and emphasize productivity
resting on a variety of human and material
factors — such as improvement in education,
the development of the institutional frame
work, a dependable currency, a smoothly work
ing banking and currency system, etc.

Chambers, E. J., and Gordon, D. F. “Primary
Products and Economic Growth: An Empiri
cal Measurement.” Journal o f Political Econ
omy, Vol. 74, No. 4, August 1966, pp.
315-332.
The authors show that the increase in
income to an economy from expansion in
primary-product exports can be measured by

Christian, James W. “The Dynamics of Eco
nomic Growth, Technological Progress, and
Institutional Change.” Journal o f Economic
Issues, Vol. 2, No. 3, September 1968, pp.
298-311.
Argues that, with cyclical stabilization of the
economy having been nearly attained, inquiry
into structural stabilization should now be
emphasized. Development of theory pertaining
to institutional change is as necessary as theory
pertaining to technological progress. Constructs
a dynamic general equilibrium model of condi
tions for the full employment of capital and
labor resources. The model is designed to
highlight the interaction of technological prog
ress and institutional change.

Presents estimates of the rates of growth of
capital, labor, and output for various time
periods since 1940 for five Latin American
countries. The contribution to growth of out
put by capital and labor is identified and
subtracted from total output growth to give the
productivity growth rate as a residual.
6.013

Chao, Kang. Rate and Pattern o f Industrial
Growth in Communist China. Ann Arbor,
University of Michigan Press, 1965. 188 pp.

6.017

Colm, Gerhard, and Geiger, Theodore. The
Economy o f the American People. Third ed.
Washington, National Planning Association,
1967. 220 pp.

tion in GNP had railroad service been with
drawn in 1890. Finds that Fogel’s method
involves drastic simplification and empirically
unsubstantiated specifications of demand and
supply elasticities in markets for transportable
goods, that the benefit-cost analyses he offers
are problematical, and that social benefits are
underestimated. Concludes that, on the basis of
Fogel’s own estimates, the railroad gave rise to
spectacular investment opportunities.

The authors present an account of how the
American economy operates and achieves high
productivity and living standards, and what
future problems it faces.
6.018

Cornwall, John. “Postwar Growth in Western
Europe: A Re-evaluation.” The Review o f
Economics and Statistics, Vol. 50, No. 3,
August 1968, pp. 361-368.

6.022

Reviews several studies of postwar economic
growth in Europe, with particular attention to
the importance given to the role of capital
formation.
6.019

Discusses the institutions and institutional
innovations which arose to overcome inter
regional and interindustry barriers to capital
mobility.

Cukor, Gy. “Long-Term Planning and Technical
Progress.” Acta Oeconomica, Vol. 4, No. 3,
1969, pp. 239-258.

6.023

Investigates the conceptual and methodo
logical problems in forecasting technical prog
ress and analyzes the importance for prognosis
of changes in patterns of production, consump
tion, and technology.
6.020

David, Paul A. “The Mechanization of Reaping
in the Ante-Bellum Midwest,” in The Rein
terpretation o f American Economic History,
Robert W. Fogel and Stanley L. Engerman,
eds. New York, Harper and Row, 1971, pp.
214-227.
6.024

Eltis, W. A. “Capital Accumulation and the
Rate of Industrialization of Developing
Countries.” Economic Record, Vol. 46, No.
114, June 1970, pp! 153-168.
Discusses conditions under which a develop
ing country with an elastic labor supply can
achieve rapid industrial growth at moderate
capital costs.

David, Paul A. “Transport Innovation and
Economic Growth: Professor Fogel on and
off the Rails.” Economic History Review,
2nd Session, Vol. 22, No. 3, December
1969, pp. 506-525.

6.025

Discusses critically the approach of Professor
Fogel to the study of the impact of railroads
upon economic growth in the United States,
which was to investigate the extent of reduc

Divatia, V. V., and Bhatt, V. V. “On Measuring
the Pace of Development.” Banca Nazionale
Del Lavor Quarterly Review, Vol. 22, No.
89, June 1969, pp. 190-206.
The authors present a new method of
measuring the pace of economic development
in India, which is not adequately reflected by
the growth rate in national income. They
formulate an index of development potential,
which shows a much more rapid rate of increase
than national income, and reflects the rapid
rate at which the process of structural transfor
mation has taken place.

Uses the example of the reaping machine to
show how demand by the agricultural sector
stimulated industrial growth and how industrial
growth in turn stimulated the growth of
agriculture.
6.021

Davis, Lance E. “Capital Mobility and Ameri
can Growth,” in The Reinterpretation o f
American Economic History, Robert W.
Fogel and Stanley L. Engerman, eds. New
York, Harper and Row, 1971. pp. 285-300.

Eltis, W. A. “Technical Progress, Profits, and
Growth.” Oxford Economic Papers, Vol. 20,
No. 2, July 1968, pp. 162-194.
Examines the assumption that the rate of
technical progress depends entirely on invest-

growth, using an activity analysis approach with
real outputs and commodity price variables.
Discusses neoclassical, Solow-Swan, Kaldor, and
Pasinetti saving assumptions and examines the
effects of technological progress on stability
and growth rates.

ment and not at all on the passage of time.
Argues that the annual rate of technical prog
ress varies proportionately with the share of
gross investment in GNP, and that any steady
growth rate is a possible one, even with a
constant labor force.
6.026

6.030

Enke, Stephen. “The Economic Aspects of
Slowing Population Growth.” Economic
Journal, Vol. 76, No. 301, March 1966, pp.
45-56.
Argues that per capita incomes have not
been increasing in many countries because
productivity per worker has not increased and
capital per worker has not expanded. Argues
that greater effort should be made to retard
population growth and less to accelerate
output.

6.027

Argues that even with zero marginal labor
product in agriculture, labor can be drawn into
industry only by a fixed wage just sufficient to
offset the cost of moving. If incomes grow with
rising industrial output but agricultural output
remains constant, food prices will rise and
workers will seek to protect their real wages.
With static technology, rising wages spell
declining rates of profits and decelerating
growth.

Erlich, Alexander. “Development Strategy and
Planning: The Soviet Experience,” in
National Economic Planning, Max F.
Millikan, ed. New York, National Bureau of
Economic Research, 1967. pp. 233-278.

6.031

Examines the impact of centralized planning
upon economic growth in the Soviet Union. A
comment by Abram Bergson follows.
6.028

Fellner, William. “Measures of Technological
Progress in the Light of Recent Growth
Theories.” American Economic Review, Vol.
57, No. 5, December 1967, pp. 1073-1098.

6.032

Harbison, Frederick R.; Maruhnic, Joan; and
Resnick, Jane R. Quantitative Analysis o f
Modernization and Development. Princeton,
N.J., Industrial Relations Section, Princeton
University, 1970. 224 pp.
The authors argue that development cannot
be measured by economic growth indicators
alone. Cultural, educational, health, and politi
cal factors should be considered and quantita
tive indicators developed for these variables.

6.033
Goddard, Frederick Owen. A Two-Sector
Model o f Economic Growth with Techno
logical Progress. University of Florida Mono
graphs, Social Sciences, No. 36. Gainsville,
Fla., University of Florida Press, 1969. 62
pp.

Hicks, John. Capital and Growth. Oxford,
England, Clarendon Press, 1965. 343 pp.
Reviews the methods of dynamic economics.
Presents theoretical discussions of growth equi
librium and optimum growth.

6.034
Examines the long-run equilibrium growth
path of a two-sector model of economic

Hamberg, Daniel. Models o f Economic Growth.
New York and London, Harper and Row,
1971.246 pp.
An advanced text discussing Harrod-Domar
and other growth models.

Shows that growth of capital and output at
the same rate, with a constant rate of interest,
is possible in two ways: (a) If there is a
Cobb-Douglas function; (b) if there is a more
general constant elasticity of substitution (CES)
function but innovations are slanted to make
use of the more scarce factor. Argues that the
second form is a more accurate representation
of the reality of U.S. growth.
6.029

Guha, A. “Accumulation, Innovation, and
Growth under Conditions of Disguised
Unemployment.” Oxford Economic Papers,
Vol. 21, No. 3, November 1969, pp.
360-372.

Hill, T. P. The Measurement o f Real Product, A
Theoretical and Empirical Analysis o f
Growth Rates for Different Industries and

Sectional Comparison of Manufacturing
Industry.” The Review o f Economics and
Statistics, Vol. 51, No. 4, November 1969,
pp. 453-458.

Countries. Paris, Organization for Economic
Cooperation and Development, February
1971. 119pp.
Discusses the theoretical and practical prob
lems involved in measuring the growth of real
product. Compares industry growth with
national growth, finding little relationship
between the two in many instances. Analyzes
the effects of alternative methods of measure
ment of growth rates.
6.035

Using data in 2-digit and 3-digit manufac
turing industries in a number of developed and
undeveloped countries, the author shows empir
ically that output-capital ratios are not
inversely related to the level of economic
development.
6.039

Holmes, R. A. “Factor Inputs, Technological
Progress and Economic Growth in Canada.”
The Western Economic Journal, Vol. 4, No.
3, Summer 1966, pp. 247-260.
Refines Abramowitz’s total factor produc
tivity model, and uses it to estimate produc
tivity in some of the major sectors of the
Canadian economy between 1941 and 1961.
Concludes that technical change (as opposed to
simple increase in factor inputs) was responsible
for at least one-third of the increase in output
in all sectors examined.

6.036

Examines the role of planning in terms of
postwar economic growth in France, and how it
differs from other aspects of economic policy.
A comment by Stanislaw Wellisz follows.
6.040

Kaplan, Norman M. “ Retardation in Soviet
Growth.” The Review o f Economics and
Statistics, Vol. 50, No. 3, August 1968, pp.
295-303.

6.041

Kennedy, Kieran A. Productivity and Industrial
Growth: The Irish Experience. Oxford,
England, Clarendon Press, 1971. 276 pp.

6.042

Kuznets, Simon. Economic Growth o f Nations:
Total Output and Production Structure.
Cambridge, Mass., Harvard University Press,
1971.363 pp.
Reviews historical growth trends in major
developed countries and several developing
economies.

6.043

Kim, Y. C. “Sectoral Output-Capital Ratios and
Levels of Economic Development: A Cross-

Kurihara, Kenneth K. The Growth Potential o f
the Japanese Economy. Baltimore, Johns
Hopkins Press, 1971. 148 pp.
Analyzes the fundamental forces underlying
present and future Japanese economic growth.
Deals with consumption, savings, private invest
ment, and labor shortages.

Analyzes the causes of differences among
manufacturing industries in the growth of labor
productivity, and the association between
longer term changes in productivity and output,
with special reference to the Irish manufac
turing industry.
6.038

Kindleberger, Charles P. Europe’s Postwar
Growth: The Role o f Labor Supply.
Cambridge, Mass., Harvard University Press,
1967.270 pp.
Argues that high European growth rates
since World War II have been chiefly due to
large supplies of labor Believes that this supply
is now being exhausted, and growth will soon
slow to more normal rates.

Presents data on the decline in the economic
growth rate of the Soviet Union. Explains the
decline tentatively in terms of a decline in the
rate of increase in factor productivity. Suggests
that the decline may reflect changes in the
efficiency of economic organization after 1958,
resulting in less emphasis on the quantitative
aspects of resource allocation.
6.037

Kindleberger, Charles P. “French Planning,” in
National Economic Planning, Max F.
Millikan, ed. New York, National Bureau of
Economic Research, 1967, pp. 278-303.

Kuznets, Simon. “Notes on the Pattern of U.S.
Economic Growth,” in The Reinterpretation

o f American Economic History, Robert W.
Fogel and Stanley L. Engerman, eds. New
York, Harper and Row, 1971, pp. 17-24.

6.049

Compares growth in population, labor force,
product per capita, and product per worker in
the United States with other developed coun-.
tries. Discusses characteristics of long-term U.S.
growth and the variability of U.S. growth rate.
6.044

Lai, Brij Bhushan. Industrial Productivity and
Economic Growth. Allahabad, India, Chaitanya Publishing House, 1965. 390 pp.

Analyzes the rates of growth per acre for
different crops in different regions. Argues that
economic forces rather than social and institu
tional factors are significantly correlated with
growth.
6.050

Reviews India’s productivity performance,
noting why and how this performance must be
improved.
6.045

6.051

Minami, R. “The Turning Point in the Japanese
Economy.” Quarterly Journal o f Economics,
Vol. 82, No. 3, August 1968, pp. 380-402.
Seeks to discover at what point in its
development Japan had “unlimited supplies of
labor” available.

6.047

Neher, Philip A. Economic Growth and
Development: A Mathematical Introduction.
New York, John Wiley and Sons, 1971.32
pp.

6.052

Organization for Economic Cooperation and
Development. Food Marketing and Eco
nomic Growth. Paris, OECD, 1970. 130 pp.
Analyzes developments in food distribution
since World War II. Explores the interdepen
dence of those developments with agricultural
and national economic growth.

Nelson, Richard R. “The CES Production Func
tion and Economic Growth Projections.”
The Review o f Economics and Statistics,
Vol. 47, No. 3, August 1965, pp. 326-328.

6.053

Finds that the constant elasticity of substitu
tion production function is more useful than
the Cobb-Doublas production function only
where the capital-output ratio is changing
rapidly.

Organization for Economic Cooperation and
D e v e lo p m e n t. E co n o m ic G row th,
1960-1970: A Mid-Decade Review o f
Prospects. Paris, OECD, 1966. 113 pp.
Reviews economic growth between 1960
and 1965, and discusses growth problems
anticipated for the latter part of the decade.

A college text, presenting analyses of macroeconomic theory, mathematical economics, and
economic growth and development on an inter
mediate level.
6.048

Organization for Economic Cooperation and
Development. Agriculture and Economic
Growth. A Report by a Group of Experts.
Paris, OECD, 1965. 121 pp.
Deals with the prospects for agricultural
development, emphasizing its role in economic
growth. Suggests policies for increasing agricul
tural productivity and improving both the
national and international allocation of agricul
tural resources.

Makdisi, S. A. “Syria: Rate of Economic
Growth and Fixed Capital Formation
1936-1968.” The Middle East Journal, Vol.
25, No. 2, Spring 1971, pp. 157-179.
Reviews and comments on Syrian economic
developments.

6.046

Nowshirrani, V.F. The Regional and Cropwise
Patterns of the Growth of Per-Acre Output
in India.” Bulletin. Oxford University
Institute of Economics and Statistics, Vol.
32, No. 1, February 1970, pp. 59-79.

Organization for Economic Cooperation and
Development. Productivity and Economic
Planning. Paris, OECD, 1970. 323 pp.
A compendium of papers on the numerous
national productivity bodies established after
World War II and their contributions to eco
nomic planning.

6.054

Organization for Economic Cooperation and
Development. The Growth o f Output, 19601980. Paris, OECD, December 1970. 280 pp.

A collection of papers dealing with basic
growth models, production functions, and insti
tutional theory.

Reviews growth and factors affecting it in
member countries during the 1960’s. Evaluates
their growth potential and the difficulties likely
to be encountered in managing growth through
the 1970’s.
6.055

6.060

Suggests that productivity change is not as
large an element in economic change as it is
usually taken to be.

Organization for Economic Cooperation and
Development. The Outlook for Economic
Growth. Paris, OECD, May 1970. 40 pp.

6.061

Summarizes a longer report on the economic
growth of member countries during the 1960’s,
their prospects for growth in the 1970’s, and
the difficulties in economic management they
are likely to encounter.
6.056

Ramachandra, N.; Lee, Tieh-Sheng; Mehta,
P. C.; and Hou, Chia-Chu. Role o f Produc
tivity in Asian Economic Growth. Tokyo,
Asian Productivity Organization, 1970. 186
pp.

6.062

Schuh, G. Edward; Nair, Kusum; and Owen,
Wyn F. “Implications of the Green Revolu
tion for Economic Growth T A merican Jour
nal o f Agricultural Economics, Vol. 52, No.
5, December 1970, pp. 719-722.
6.063

Schultz, Robert S. “Understanding Economic
Growth.” Harvard Business Review, Vol. 44,
No. 6, November-December 1966, pp.
32-34+.

Stiglitz, Joseph and Uzawa, Hirofumi. Readings
in Modern Theory o f Economic Growth.
Cambridge, Mass., MIT Press, 1969. 497 pp.

U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of the
Census. Long Term Economic Growth,
1860-1965. 1966.256 pp.
Includes appro x im ately 400 annual
economic time series and nearly 800 com
ponent series that are useful for studying
economic growth. Presents basic measures of
economic growth, and deals with factors vitally
related to economic growth. Also shows longrange regional and industry growth trends, and
compares U.S. economic growth with that of 6
major foreign countries.

Defines the major factors determining
growth and outlines the businessman’s role in
promoting growth.
6.059

Thurow, Lester C., and Taylor, Lester D. “The
Interaction Between the Actual and the
Potential Rate of Growth.” The Review o f
Economics and Statistics, Vol. 48, No. 4,
November 1966, pp. 351-360.
The authors present a method for analyzing
the interaction between the actual and the
potential rate of growth of the American
economy from 1949 to 1970. The method
makes use of production function analysis to
estimate the potential growth of productivity.

The authors discuss the impact of techno
logical developments in agriculture on the
economies of less developed nations.
6.058

Thorbecke, Erik, ed. The Role o f Agriculture in
E co n o m ic D evelopment. New York,
National Bureau of Economic Research,
1969.480 pp.
A collection of papers discussing the relation
of agriculture to other sectors of national
economies and the transformation of tradi
tional agriculture in Russia, China, Japan,
Brazil, and Peru.

A series of essays dealing with the signifi
cance of productivity as well as of nonproduc
tivity factors (including attitudes towards work
and change) to economic growth.
6.057

Thompson, E. J. “Productivity: Major Element
in Economic Change?” Productivity Mea
surement Review, August 1965, pp. 23-30.

6.064

U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor
Statistics. Projections 1970: Interindustry

VII. Theses and dissertations

Relationships , Potential Demand, Employ
m ent , BLS Bulletin 1536, 1966. 155 pp.

Asher, Ephraim. Relative Productivity, Factor Intensity
and Technology in the Manufacturing Sectors o f the
U.S. and U.K. During the Nineteenth Century. Thesis
presented to the University of Rochester, 1970. 174
pp.

Discusses assumptions and methodology of
projections based on input-output matrices.
Representing an effort to develop a framework
for analyzing long-term growth trends and their
implications for policy, the work is a phase of
the Interagency Growth Study Project.
6.065

Compares productivity and technology, particularly
in the textile industry. Finds capital and labor in the
United States to be more productive than in the United
Kingdom, and U.S. technology to be biased toward labor
saving.

U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor
Statistics. “The U.S. Economy in 1980: A
Preview of BLS Projections.” Monthly Labor
Review, Vol. 93, No. 4, April 1970, pp.
3-34.

Attiyeh, Richard E. Estimation o f a Fixed Coefficient
Vintage Model o f Production. Doctoral thesis pre
sented to Yale University, 1966. 63 pp.

Presents estimates of the labor force, growth
in the economy,, and employment by industry
and occupation. Discusses prospective gains in
productivity by major sectors.
6.066

6.067

6.068

Interprets the growth in output and changes in factor
productivity in U.S. manufacturing by means of a model
which disaggregates capital into vintages, each with its
own fixed production coefficients.

U.S. Secretary of Labor James D. Hodgson.
Speech before the National Association of
Manufacturers, New York, December 3,
1970. 25 pp.

Ban, Sung Hwan. The Long-Run Productivity Growth in
K orean Agricultural Development, 1910-1968.
Doctoral thesis presented to the University of
Minnesota, 1971.243 pp.

Argues that resource savings from increased
productivity will allow the United States to
combat poverty, clean up pollution, and
enhance leisure without reducing present con
sumption.

Finds increasing productivity gains in the post World
War II period after a poor prewar productivity perfor
mance.

Vanek, Jarasslow. “A Theory of Growth with
Technological Change.” American Economic
Review, Vol. 57, No. 1, March 1967, pp.
73-89.

Behr, Michael R. Technical Progressiveness in the
Agricultural Processing Sector: A Structural Analysis.
Thesis presented to the University of Wisconsin,
1969.218 pp.

Explores a growth theory incorporating
technical progress saving labor and capital in
equal proportions, as well as groyvth in produc
tive resources. Includes growth theories formu
lated by Harrod, Domar, and Solow as special
cases.

Presents a cross-sectional study of the effects of
industry structure and firm characteristics on tech
nological change. Finds some support for Schumpeter’s
theory of innovation.
Belinfante, Alexander E. Technical Change in the Steam
Electric Power Generating Industry. Thesis presented
to the University of California at Berkeley, 1969. 190
pp.

Vanek, Jarasslow. “Towards a More General
Theory of Growth with Technological
Change.” The Economic Journal, Vol. 76,
No. 304, December 1966, pp. 841-854.

Examines the effects of embodied and disembodied
technological change, returns to scale, and capital
depreciation on overall technological progress.

E x p lo res th e o rie s o f growth with
autonomous capital-augmenting and laboraugmenting (i.e., non-neutral) innovation, while
retaining the conventional assumption of con
stant returns to scale.

Chandrasekar, Krishnamurti. U.S. and French Manufac
turing Productivity and Competition in the World
85

Market: A Study in the Theory o f Comparative Cost.
Doctoral thesis presented to the New School for
Social Research, 1969. 182 pp.

Eldor, Dan. An Empirical Investigation o f Hospital
Output, Input, and Productivity. Doctoral thesis
presented to New York University, 1969. 226 pp.

Reexamines the theory that, as between two coun
tries, each will export those goods for which the ratio of
its output per worker to that of the other’s exceeds the
ratio of its money wage rate to that of the other’s. Finds
a sig n ifican t relationship between productivity
differentials and exports, but not between wage
differentials and exports.

Presents a case study of a large New York City
hospital and a cross-sectional study of short-term,
general U.S. hospitals. Finds a negative trend in produc
tivity in both cases.
Engberg, Vernon, L. Agricultural Productivity and
Economic Development in Mexico. Thesis presented
to the University of Texas at Austin, 1970, 284 pp.

Chung, William K. A Study o f Economic Growth in
Postwar Japan fo r the Period o f 1952-1967: An
Application o f Total Productivity Analysis. Doctoral
thesis presented to the New School of Social
Research, 1971.290 pp.

Explores the factors determining agricultural output
in Mexico.
Erlichman, Shmuel. The Attitude o f Trade Unions
Toward Productivity: The Cases o f Norway, Israel,
and Ghana. Doctoral thesis presented to the New
School for Social Research, 1966. 363 pp.

Quantifies the sources of Japanese economic growth.
Attributes its record of rapid growth to an abundance of
well-educated labor, to generous capital and research
investment, and to manpower shifts from the agri
cultural sector.

Argues that although unions speak in favor of
increased productivity, in practice they often impede
productivity improvements.

Cox, William A. Manpower and Productivity in Austrian
Industry. Doctoral thesis presented to Princeton
University, 1968. 148 pp.

Farmer, Berkwood M. Man-Hour Productivity and
Future U.S. Agricultural Adjustment. Doctoral thesis
presented to North Carolina State University at
Raleigh, 1970. 132 pp.

Examines sources of output growth in Austria from
1956 to 1964, concluding that nearly one-half of the
increased output was due to substitution of capital for
labor. One-third was due to technical progress and
one-sixth to increases in the quality and quantity of
labor inputs.

Analyzes the long-run effects of technological change
on output and labor inputs and predicts the resulting
price and income changes within agriculture.
Fernandez, Anibal. Productivity and Technological
Progress o f the Venezuelan Petroleum Industry.
Doctoral thesis presented to the University of Pitts
burgh, 1971.205 pp.

Daniels, Mark R. International Differences in Productive
Efficiency. Doctoral thesis presented to Johns
Hopkins University, 1966. 159 pp.
Estimates industry productivity in eight developing
nations.

Offers estimates of average annual increases in
productivity. Finds that gains are distributed to workers
in the form of higher wages, or appropriated by the
government.

Day, Ernest H. A n Empirical Study o f the Influence o f
Inventive Activities on Value Added per Man-Hour,
Sales and Investments in the Chemical and Allied
Products Industry. Doctoral thesis presented to the
American University, 1969. 220 pp.

Fishelson, Gideon. Returns to Human and Research
Capital, United States Agriculture 1949-1964.
Doctoral thesis presented to the North Carolina State
University at Raleigh, 1968. 121 pp.

Finds inventive activities, as measured by number of
patents and by investment in all phases of research and
development, to be highly significant explanatory vari
ables of value added per man-hour when time lags are
allowed for. Estimates the lags to run from 2 to 5 years.

Estimates the rates of return on investments in
education, training, and research in U.S. agriculture.
Finds them to run above those prevailing in the
economy in general.
86

Flueckiger, Gerald E. The Structure and Behavior o f
Technological Change in the Iron and Steel Industry:
1700-1899. Doctoral thesis presented to Purdue
University, 1970. 206 pp.

Examines the sources of Japan’s rapid economic
growth and compares Japanese with American and
Canadian growth patterns. Finds interindustry shifts an
important factor in productivity gains in Japan.

Describes organizational and production processes,
and how they changed.
Foster, Bennett B. Dynamic Production Paths and Labor
Productivity Trends: A Comparative Study o f the
Major Timber-Based Industries o f the South and the
West Coast. Doctoral thesis presented to Duke
University, 1966. 183 pp.

Hyde, Charles K. Technological Change and the Develop
ment o f the British Iron Industry, 1700-1870.
Doctoral thesis presented to the University of
Wisconsin, 1971.355 pp.

Finds that productivity in the lumber, plywood, and
lumber-based industries runs at or above the total
manufacturing rate. Disputes the contention that woodbased industry is suffering from increased relative output
costs.

Reviews technological changes in the industry. Shows
that changes in the relative costs of different iron
making processes explain both the timing and the speed
of their adoption.
Kleiman, Herbert S. The Integrated Circuit: A Case
Study o f Product Innovation in the Electronics
Industry. Doctoral thesis presented to George Wash
ington University, 1966. 260 pp.

Gemery, Henry A. Productivity Growth, Process Change
and Technical Change in the U.S. Glass Industry.
Doctoral thesis presented to the University of Penn
sylvania, 1967. 206 pp.

Reviews the introduction of the integrated circuit,
with special emphasis on the role of government in the
innovation process.

Identifies the conditions under which changes in
industry production techniques may be related to labor
productivity growth. Undertakes to measure the impact
of technical change on the U.S. glass industry.

Larvas, Jose M. Output Growth, Technological Change
and Employment o f Resources in Philippine Agri
culture: 1948-1975. Doctoral thesis presented to
Purdue University, 1968. 288 pp.

Grossman, Philip. Hours and Output: The Reduction in
the Soviet Workweek, 1956-1960. Thesis presented to
the American University, 1970. 182 pp.

Identifies the sources of farm growth from
1948-1960, and estimates the agricultural output that
will be required by the economy in 1975, as well as
alternate combinations of resources needed to meet
these requirements.

Assesses the consequences for productivity of the
workweek reduction in Soviet industry from 48 to 41
hours in 1960. Finds that productivity did not increase
sufficiently to offset lost work hours, especially in heavy
industry.

Lee, Joe Won. The Impact o f Technological Change on
the Functional Distribution o f Income. Doctoral
thesis presented to the City University of New York,
1969. 195 pp.

Hanieski, John F. A n Explanatory Model o f Techno
logically New Products. Thesis presented to Purdue
University, 1970. 206 pp.
Explores technological change at the level of the firm.

Assesses the impact of continuous factor-augmenting
technological change on the relative factor shares at the
level of two-digit manufacturing industries.

Hansen, John R. The Acquisition o f Technology for
Development. Doctoral thesis presented to the
University of Colorado, 1970. 385 pp.

Lorant, John H. The Role o f Capital-Improving Innova
tions in American Manufacturing During the 1920’s.
Doctoral thesis presented to Columbia University,
1966.311 pp.

Identifies and evaluates factors critical to successful
acquisition of technology at lowest cost.

Hayashi, Kichiro. Technical Change in Japan—Its
Measurement. Thesis presented to Indiana University,
1970. 189 pp.

Attributes a sharp increase in capital productivity
between 1919 and 1929 to a great wave of relatively
minor technological advances and to the introduction of
mass-production techniques.

Obermiller, Frederick W. Factors Associated with
Agricultural Development and Growth in Latin
America. Doctoral thesis presented to the University
of Missouri, Columbia, 1969. 373 pp.

Mayer, Peter C. Technical Change in the Typesetting o f
Daily Newspapers. Doctoral thesis presented to the
University of California at Berkeley, 1969. 175 pp.

Offers empirical evidence showing that increases in
productivity depend primarily on increased quality (as
measured by literacy) and quantity of labor, and on
increased credit extended to agriculture. Argues that
mechanization has had a negative influence on produc
tivity.

Investigates the effect of wage rates, unionization,
and conditions in the equipment market on innovation.
Examines the impact of innovative equipment on wages
and the frequency of newspaper publication.

Oh, Moonsong. The Role o f International Corporations
in the Transfer o f Technology to Developing Coun
tries. Doctoral thesis presented to the University of
Pennsylvania, 1970. 291 pp.

Meyer, Robert A., Jr. Optimal Policies for Equipment
Replacement with Stochastic Technological Change.
Doctoral thesis presented to Stanford University,
1969.135 pp.

Analyzes and evaluates the process by which techno
logy is transferred to developing countries. Cites
expatriate personnel and training programs for
indigenous workers as the primary transfer vehicles.

Discusses factors affecting the decision to innovate,
and presents a rule for deciding when to introduce more
advanced equipment.

Petersen, Dietrick L. The Economic Effects o f Techno
logical Innovations on Class I Line-Haul Railroads
1947-1963. Doctoral thesis presented to the
University of Pittsburgh, 1968. 322 pp.

M intcheff, Alexander. Technological Change: A
Demand-Pull Model. Doctoral thesis presented to the
University of Cincinnati, 1968. 127 pp.
Argues that innovations are guided primarily by the
profit motive, and that there is a tendency toward
inventing devices that would substitute for the factor
that is relatively more scarce at a given time.

Finds that rapid technological change increased labor
productivity and reduced material requirements, but
failed to increase the rate of return on investment.
Argues that modernization efforts were concentrated on
cost reduction rather than on expansion of capacity.

Mitchell, Edward J. An Econometric Study o f Inter
national and Interindustrial Differences in Labor
Productivity. Doctoral thesis presented to the
University of Pennsylvania, 1966. 121 pp.

Reinfeld, William. A n Economic Analysis o f Recent
Technological Trends in the United States Steel
In d u stry. Doctoral thesis presented to Yale
University, 1968. 184 pp.

Argues that a particular production function exists
for each industry. Develops a model which describes the
general pattern of labor productivity and wages, as well
as of international trade.

Examines the relation of firm size to willingness to
explore new technologies. Finds that the largest steel
makers have been more interested in market-oriented
changes designed to increase gross revenues, while the
smaller firms have been more concerned with costreducing innovation.

Nowill, Paul H. Productivity and Technological Change
in Electric Power Generating Plants. Doctoral thesis
presented to the University of Massachusetts, 1971.
224 pp.

Rettig, Raymond B. Productivity Change in the Trans
mission o f Electricity. Doctoral thesis presented to
the University of Washington, 1969. 71 pp.

Develops a composite production function, eliminat
ing the assumption of constant elasticity of substitution,
thus seeking to explain the existence of several produc
tion technologies in an industry at one time.

Analyzes the importance of economies of scale,
factor substitution, and technological change in the
transmission of electricity.
88

should be conceived as an endogenous rather than as an
exogenous variable in production functions.

Reynolds, William A. Innovation in the United States
C arpet Industry, 1947-1963. Doctoral thesis
presented to Columbia University, 1967. 283 pp.

Stephens, John K. Differentiation o f Labor in Macroeconomic Growth Models. Doctoral thesis presented
to the University of Illinois, 1967. 233 pp.

Presents an empirical analysis of the origin, diffusion,
and economic results of technological innovation. Finds
that the introduction of new tufting processes and of
man-made fibers caused significant changes in industry
structure and product price.

Estimates the parameters of several growth models,
postulating a non-homogeneous labor force. Labor is
differentiated by skill level, by education, or by time in
the labor force.

Scheppach, Raymond C., Jr. A Canadian-United States
Productivity Comparison. Doctoral thesis presented
to the University of Connecticut, 1970. 153 pp.

Stephenson, Matthew A. The Role o f Technological
Change in the English Classical School o f Economics.
Doctoral thesis presented to Tulane University, 1965.
293 pp.

Compares total postwar factor productivity in the
United States and Canada. Examines the effects of
reduced trade barriers between the two countries on
productivity.

Examines the works of economists from Adam Smith
to John Stuart Mill. Disputes the modern view that
classical economists ignored the effects of technological
change.

Schlenher, Robert E. Health Improvements and
Economic Growth: Neoclassical Theory and the
Puerto Rican Experience. Doctoral thesis presented
to the University of Michigan, 1968. 128 pp.

Sveikauskas, Leopold A. Capital-Labor Substitution and
Efficiency in United States Manufacturing. Thesis
presented to Yale University, 1969. 341 pp.

Views public health programs as investments 'in
human capital and examines their effect on per-capita
output.

Examines the conditions associated with high
efficiency in each 2-digit U.S. manufacturing industry.
Finds that science, technology, and education are the
key sources of efficiency.

Shen, Tsung-yuen. A Quantitative Study o f Production
in the American Textile Industry. Doctoral thesis
presented to Yale University, 1966. 289 pp.

Yan, Chiou-Shuang J. Technical Change and Investment.
Doctoral thesis presented to Purdue University, 1966.
191 pp.

Finds a long lag between the introduction of new
technology in the'industry and widespread indifference
toward innovation.

Investigates the relationship between investment and
the rate of embodied technological change. Estimates
the relative importance of embodied and disembodied
technological change,

Sonny, Jacob. Technological Change in the U.S. Machine
Tool Industry. Doctoral thesis presented to the New
School of Social Research, 1971.238 pp.

Zarka, Muhammed.Product, Capital, and Productivity in
Syrian Agriculture. Doctoral thesis presented to the
University of Pennsylvania, 1969. 209 pp.

Attributes lagging technological change in the
industry to slow replacement of aged machine tools due
to product durability and to widely fluctuating demand
for the industry’s output.

Develops a continuous time series for product and
capital. Uses a Cobb-Douglas production function to
measure total factor productivity.

Sosin, Helen K. M. Technological Aspects o f Economic
G row th: Demand-Induced Technical Progress.
Doctoral thesis presented to the University of
Nebraska, 1970. 144 pp.

VIIL Bibliographies, annual reports, etc.

Argues that technological improvements in capital
goods are induced by their producers’ expectations of
rising demand, and that therefore technological change

Asian Productivity Organization. Dissemination o f
Knowledge Series. Tokyo, Asian Productivity Organi
zation, 1964-; irregular.

Presents summaries of articles on productivity and
related subjects which have appeared in publications of
member and nonmember countries. Also devotes entire
issue to subjects pertinent to productivity improvement.

on age-related differences in the capacities of workers;
policy implications of automation as related to employ
ment; and background material pertaining to automation
and to older workers.

Canada, Economic Council of Canada. Annual Review.
Ottawa, Queen’s Printer, 1964-.

Kussow, Omar, and Dunwiddie, William. Instructional
Materials on Productivity and Automation: An
Annotated Bibliography, A Descriptive List o f Films.
M adison, Center for Productivity Motivation,
University of Wisconsin, 1965. 14 pp.

Published annually, the Review presents discussions
of, and data on, economic trends and policy. Each
report deals extensively with a particular theme, e.g.,
prices, productivity, and employment; Canada’s position
in the world economy; economic goals; performance of
major sectors, etc.

Presents an annotated list of titles designed chiefly
for classroom use. Also contains a list of relevant films.
Manpower Report o f the President (including a Report
on Manpower Requirements, Resources, Utilization,
and Training by the U.S. Department of Labor).
Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office. 19 .

Economic Report o f the President (together with the
Annual Report of the Council of Economic Advisers).
Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 19 .

Issued annually since 1963, the Manpower Report
deals primarily with manpower requirements, resources,
utilization, and training. Developments in productivity
and related subjects are usually also discussed.

Issued annually, the Economic Report regularly
discusses developments in productivity, labor costs, and
related topics.
Educational Technology. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Educa
tional Technology Publications, Inc. Monthly. 1961
to date.

New Literature on Automation. Amsterdam, Stitching
The Netherlands Studiecentrum voor Informatica.
Monthly. 1960 to date.

A periodical regularly presenting articles on the
relation between technology and education, and the use
of technology in education.

A periodical presenting listings of current publica
tions on computer technology, information theory, the
consequences of automation, and related subjects. List
ings are annotated.

Harrison, Annette. Bibliography on Automation and
Technological Change and Studies o f the Future.
Rand Corporation Paper, P-3365. Santa Monica,
California, Rand Corporation, 1966. 24 pp.

United Nations. Industrialization and Productivity.
Bulletin. New York, United Nations, 1958 to date.

Kennedy, Charles, and Thirlwall, A. P. “Surveys in
Applied Economics: Technical Progress.” The
Economic Journal, March 1972.

Published at irregular intervals, this series presents
articles on problems of industrial development in tech
nologically less advanced countries.

Presents as an appendix of this survey article an
authoritative bibliography of works bearing on the tUle
theme.

U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics.
BLS Publications on Productivity and Technology.
1972. 16 pp.

Kreps, Juanita, and Laws, Ralph. Automation and the
Older Worker. An annotated bibliography prepared
for the Committee on Employment and Retirement
of the National Council on the Aging. New York,
N.Y., The National Council on the Aging, 1963. 49
pp.

Contains citations of articles and reports from 1960
to 1971.

The authors present titles on the effect of techno
logical advance on job opportunities for all workers; data

Regularly publishes original articles on concepts,
trends, and the sources of productivity, as well as on

U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics.
Monthly Labor Review. Washington, U.S. Govern
ment Printing Office.

other subjects relating to productivity and technological
change. Lists new publications on productivity each
month under “ Book Reviews and Notes—Other Publica
tions—Productivity and Technological Change.”

Period covered generally extends from 1953 to
mid-1957, but some references dating from prior to
1953 are included.

U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics.
Productivity: A Bibliography, BLS Bulletin 1226,
1958. 182 pp. (Out of print but available at many
libraries that are depositories for Government pub
lications.)

U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics.
Productivity: A Bibliography, BLS Bulletin 1514,
1966. 129 pp.
Presents annotated citations of books, reports, and
articles on productivity concepts and measurements;
factors affecting productivity; productivity levels and
trends in various economic sectors; international
productivity comparisons; the relation of productivity to
the economy; and a list of bibliographies. Period covered
extends from mid-1957 to 1964.

An annotated bibliography of books and references
on productivity published through June 1957.
Presents annotated citations of measures of produc
tivity by industry and economic sector; studies of
productivity at the plant level; international comparisons
of productivity, factors affecting productivity; the rela
tion of productivity to the economy as a whole, and to
wages and prices; and productivity and labor-manage
ment relations. Also contains a list of bibliographies and
of doctoral dissertations and theses on the subject.

U.S. Department of Labor, Library. The Shorter Work
week; Selected References, N.S. No. 5, 1965. 15 pp.
Lists titles on real wages, hours, leisure preference,
and pertinent legislation.

Author Index
(Authors of theses and dissertations are not included.)
Adams, Dale W. 3.136
Adams, W. J. 3.221
Adelman, Edwin 2.001,2.067
Ahmad, Syed 3.222
Aigner, D. J. 1.001
Alburo, Florian A. 2.002
Aliber, Robert Z. 4.067
Aim on, Clopper, Jr. 6.001
Alterman, Jack 1.002, 5.001, 6.002, 6.003, 6.004
Ammer, Dean S. 5.003
Anderson, W.H.L. 1.004
Anton, Frank R. 4.001
Ardolini, Charles W. 2.001,2.003, 2.067
Argy, V. 4.002
Arnfield, R. V. 3.102
Aronson, Robert L. 5.004
Arrow, Kenneth J. 3.223
Arvidsson,G. 3.224
Atkinson, Anthony B. 3.103
Auer, L. 2.004,2.005
Ayres, Robert V. 3.104

Bennett, E. C. 3.108
Berglas, Eitan 1.006
Bergson, Abram 2.013
Berri, L. 6.006
Bertram, Gordon W. 3.004
Besen, S. M. 3.005
Bhatt, V. V. 6.023
Bhattacharyya, M. A. 6.007
Bjeda, K. 3.006
Black, Guy 3.232
Blackett, P. M. S. 6.008
Blakeman, L. T. 4.006
Blase, M. G. 3.138
Blaug, Mark 2.114, 3.007
Bliss, Charles A. 4.007
Blitzer,C.R. 6.009
Bloom, Gordon F. 4.008
Blyth,C.A. 6.010
Bock, Betty 3.072,3.073,3.074
Bodkin, Ronald G. 4.009
Bonwick, George J. 5.010
Borch, Karl 1.007
Bossier, W. 2.014
Bottomley, A. 4.010,4.049
Bowen, Howard R. 5.011
Bowles, S. S. 3.008
Bowman, Mary Jean 3.009, 3.010
Braae,G. P. 1.008
Brady, Dorothy 2.015
Brand, Horst 4.011
Bright, James R. 3.109
Briscoe, G. 1.009
Bronfenbrenner, Martin 4.012
Brooks, George W. 3.110
Brown, Lester R. 3.111,3.112
Brown, Murray 1.010,3.113
Brown, R. H. 3.226
Brubaker, E. R. 1.011
Bruton, Henry J. 6.011,6.012
Buck, P. B. 5.012
Buckingham, G. L. 4.052
Burck, Gilbert 2.016
Burns, Leland S. 3.061

Baerwaldt, Nancy 3.026
Bagrit, Sir Leon 3.105
Baldwin, Robert E. 6.005
Ball, Claiborne M. 2.006, 2.007,2.008
Ball, Robert 2.009,3.106,5.089
Banerji, Ranadev 3.218
Baranson, Jack 3.107
Bardwell, George E. 5.006
Barkin, Solomon 5.007
Barnes, Irston R. 4.003
Bartsch, W. H. 3.001
Bateman, Fred 2.010
Bauer, L.L. 5.008
Bauer, Raymond A. 5.009
Becker, Gary S. 3.002
Becker, S. W. 3.071,3.225
Beckmann, Martin J. 1.005
Behman, Sara 2.011
Bell, F.W. 2.012
Beller, Irving 4.004,4.005
Ben-Porath, Yoram 3.003

Bush, George P. 3.114
Butler, Gavan 3.218
Butter worth, Jack 3.075
Bynum, Alice L. 2.017

Delehanty, George E. 5.019
Denison, Edward F. 1.018, 2.031,2.032, 2.033
Diamond, Peter A. 1.019, 1.020
Diaz, Alejandro, Carlos F. 1.021
Diebold, John 3.078,3.125
Divatia, V. V. 6.023
Diwan,R. K. 3.126
Doctors, Samuel 1. 3.127
Doll, John P. 1.022
Domangue, Dennis A. 5.020
Domar, Evsey D. 1.023
Dorner, Peter 3.136, 5.021
Douty, H. M. 4.019,4.020
Dovring, Folke 1.044, 2.034, 3.079
Dowie,J. A. 2.035
Dragonnette, Joseph E. 2.036, 2.037, 2.038
Dubin, Robert 3.080
Du Boff, Richard B. 1.024
Duncan, James H. 2.039
Dunlop, John T. 4.021

Caplan, Stanley H. 3.121
Capron, William M. 3.115
Carey, John L. 2.019, 2.020, 2.021,2.022
Carroll, Jean 3.227
Carter, Anne P. 3.116,3.117
Chambers, E.J. 6.013
Chandler, John H. 4.014,4.015
Chang, W.W. 3.118
Chao, Kang 3.067, 6.014
Chien, W. 4.043
Childs, Rex E. 2.023
Christensen, Eric 5.015
Christensen, L. R. 1.012, 1.013
Christian, James W. 6.015
Chu, S. F. 1.001
Clark, Colin 6.016
Cleaver, Joe M. 2.024
Close, Guy C., Jr. 4.016
Cohn, Edward A. 2.025
Colm, Gerhard 6.017
Colyer, D. 3.138
Comanor, William S. 3.229
Cooper, Joseph D. 3.230
Cordtz,Dan 2.026
Cornwall, John 6.018
Cottrell, Fred 5.016
Cox, R. W. 5.010
Creamer, Daniel 1.058
Critchlow, Robert V. 3.120
Crossman, E. R. F. W. 3.121,5.017
Cukor, Gy 6.019

Earl, Victor 3.128
Eisgruber, L. M. 3.090
Elliott, Mable 5.023
Eltis, W. A. 6.024,6.025
Enarson, Harold L. 3.011
Engerman, Stanley L. 1.030, 3.012
Enke, Stephen 6.026
Erlich, Alexander 6.027
Etherington, D. M. 3.033
Evan, E. W. 3.129
Evan, William M. 3.232
Fabricant, Solomon 1.025, 3.130
Farkas,Jack 3.073,3.074
Fehd, Carolyn S. 2.040, 2.041,2.042, 2.043
Feinstein, C. H. 1.027
Feldstein, M. S. 3.013
Feller, Irwin 3.233
Fellner, William 3.195,6.028
Fenske, Russell W. 1.028
Ferguson, C. E. 1.029
Ferguson, Walter 3.131
Ferkiss, Victor C. 3.132
Ferris, John W., Jr. 2.044
Finn, Joseph T. 2.009
Fleishman, Edwin A. 6.016
Fleming, M. C. 2.045,2.046,3.081
Fogel, Robert W. 1.030
Ford, Gordon W. 3.133
Foster, Howard G. 5.022
Fox, Harland 4.022
Freedman, Audrey 5.023, 5.024, 5.025, 5.026

Dacy, Douglas C. 2.027
Dahmen, Erik 3.077
Dairymple, Dana G. 3.122
Daly, D. J. 2.028,2.029
Daniels, Mark R. 1.014
David, Paul A. 1.015,3.123, 6.020, 6.021
Davidson, J. R. 1.050
Davis, Lance E. 6.022
Davis, Louis E. 3.121
Davis, Vincent 3.231
Dawson, John 2.030
Day, R. H. 5.018
Deakin, B. M. 1.016
Delagrave, Pierre M. 4.018
de Leeuw, Frank 1.017

Hartman, Paul T. 4.033
Hattery, Lowell H. 3.114
Havelock, Ronald G. 3.236
Hay ami, Y. 2.056,3.082
Headley, J. C. 2.057
Heilbroner, Robert L. 3.140
Helfgott, Roy B. 5.035
Hemley, D. D. 4.046
Henneberger, John E. 2.058,2.059, 2.060
Herman, Arthur S. 2.061,3.106,5.036
Herman, Shelby W. 2.062, 2.063, 2.064,2.074, 2.081
Heskett,J. L. 1.048
Hicks, John 6.033
Higgs, R. 3.237
Hildebrand, George H. 1.049
Hilgert, Ronald J. 2.065
Hill, T. P. 6.034
Hino, Hiroyuki 4.031
Hirsh, Werner Z. 3.141
Hirshleifer, Jack 3.238
Hodgson, James D. 4.080, 6.066
Hogg, H.C. 1.050
Hohenstein, Jeffrey 2.067
Holmes, R. A. 6.035
Homans, George C. 3.080
Horvitz, Wayne L. 4.034
Hou, Chia-Chu 6.056
Hubbard, Norman S. 5.037
Huffstutler, Clyde 2.067
Hugh-Jones, E. M. 3.142
Hultgren, Thor 4.035
Hunt, E. H. 1.051,4.036
Hunter, Maxwell W. 3.143

Freeman, Christopher 3.134
Freeman, R. E. 4.023
Friedrichs, Gunter 5.027
Froomkin, Joseph 5.045
Fryer, John L. 5.028
Fuchs, Victor R. 1.031, 1.032, 2.047, 2.048, 5.029
Fulco, Lawrence J. 2.063, 2.064, 3.135
Furuya,K. 1.123
Gaathon, A. L. 1.033
Gaevskaia,V. 5.030
Galatin, Malcolm 1.034
Gale, Hazen F. 2.044,2.049, 2.050, 2.051,2.052,
2.059
Gamble, William K. 3.136
Geiger, Theodore 6.017
Geisel, John M. 1.035
George, K. D. 1.036,2.053,2.054
Gintis, Herbert 3.014
Glejser, Herbert 4.024
Goddard, Frederick O. 6.029
Gold, Bela 1.037,3.137
Goldberg, Joseph P. 5.031
Golding, John 4.039
Goldsmith, Maurice 3.234
Golov, A. 1.038
Goodwin, L.B. 3.138
Gordon, D. F. 6.013
Gordon, Robert J. 1.039
Gouvemeur, J. 1.040,1.041
Green, H. A. J. 1.042
Greenberg, Leon 5.032,5.033
Gregory, Peter 4.062
Griliches, Zvi 1.043, 1.056, 3.235
Grossling, William 1.044
Guha, A. 6.030
Gupta, S. 1.045
Gwartney, J. D. 4.030

Intriligator, Michael D. 1.053
lrgens,0. M. 3.146
Isaac, Julius E. 4.038
Isenson, Raymond S. 3.147

Haase, Peter E. 5.034
Haldi, John 2.055
Halevi, N. 1.061
Hall, R. E. 1.046
Hamada,K. 1.047
Hamberg, Daniel 6.031
Hamer, P. 6.010
Hamilton, Mary T. 4.061
Hammerman, Herbert 5.025
Hansen, W. Lee 3.015
Harbison, Frederick R. 6.032
Harmston, Floyd K. 4.031
Harris, E. Marjorie 4.032
Hartley, K. 3.016

Jackman, Patrick C. 2.068,4.014,4.015
Jacks, Frederick G. 2.069
Jaffe, A. J. 5.045
Jantsch, Erich 3.148
Jaynes, Philip W. 2.037
Jehring, J.J. 2.070, 3.084, 3.149, 3.150
Johnston, R. E. 3.239
Jones, Ken 4.039
Jorgenson, Dale W. 1.012,1.013, 1.043,1.055, 1.056
Kahn, Elizabeth 4.045
Kalachek, Edward D. 3.172
Kaldor, Nicholas 3.151
Kamerschen, David R. 4.040
94

Lovell, C. A. Knox 3.158
Lucas, R. E., Jr. 1.073
Lydall, H. 3.159
Lyon, Richard W. 2.022,3.106

Kamien,M. I. 3.240
KanedajHiromita 3.152,3.153
Kaplan, Norman M. 6.036
Kelly, Terence F. 2.020, 2.021
Kendrick, John W. 1.057, 1.058, 2.071,2.072
Kennedy, Kieran A. 6.037
Kennedy, R. V. 1.059
Ketterling, Virgil H. 2.058, 2.073, 5.046
Keyes, J. Stephen 5.023
Keys, B. A. 2.028
Kiker, B. F. 3.017,3.018
Kim, S. 1.060
Kim, Y. C. 6.038
Kindleberger, Charles P. 6.039,6.040
Kleiman,E. 1.061
Kleiman, Herbert S. 3.241
Klotz, Benjamin P. 1.062,1.063,1.064,2.074, 5.047
Knauerhase, K. 3.154
Knight, Kenneth E. 3.242
Knudsen, John W. 1.065
Konopa, Leonard J. 2.075
Koo, Anthony Y. C. 2.076
Kovalick, Peter N. 1.066
Kreinin, Mordechai E. 3.019
Kuh, Edwin 1.067,4.041
Kumar, Dharma 3.155
Kurihara, Kenneth K. 6.041
Kutscher, Ronald E. 1.002
Kuznets, Simon 3.020, 6.042, 6.043

Macut, John J. 3.160,3.161
Maddala, G. S. 2.078
Maddison, Angus 2.079
Mahar, James F. 5.006
Makdisi, S. A. 6.045
Mandelstamm, Allan B. 5.051
Mangum, Garth L. 5.011
Mann, Floyd C. 3.080
Mansfield, Edwin 3.162, 3.244, 3.245
Mark, Jerome A. 2.080, 2.081,2.082,4.044, 4.045
Markuson, Barbara Evans 3.164
Marquis, Donald B. 3.250
Marsden, Keith 3.163
Maruhnic, Joan 6.032
Masters, Stanley H. 1.074
Mathewson, Stanley B. 3.023
Mauer, J.J. 4.046
Mazel, Joseph L. 4.047
McAdams, A.K. 3.246
McCarthy, M. D. 1.075
McCloskey, S. N. 2.083,3.165
McKersie, Robert B. 3.094
Mehta, P.C. 6.056
Melman, Seymour 3.087,3.166
Melvin, J. R. 3.167
Merhaw, Meir 3.168
Merrett, S. 3.024
Metcalfe, J. S. 3.247
Migliore, Henry R. 3.025
Miller, Delbert C. 3.080
Miller, Stanley F. 2.084, 2.085
Minami, R. 6.046
Minasian, Jora R. 3.248
Mishan, E.J. 3.169
Mitchell, Edward J. 4.048
Moes, J.E., 4.049
Morgan, James N. 3.026
Morse, Dean 3.170
Moss, Bennett R. 1.077
Moss, Fred T. 2.086, 2.087
Moss,M. 1.078
Moun dale xis, John 1.066
Mueller, Dennis C. 3.249
Mueller, Eva 5.052
Mullen, James H. 3.088
Muller, Charlotte 1.079
Murphy, N. B. 2.012

Lai, Brij Bhushan 6.044
Lamson, Robert D. 4.042
Lancaster, Kelvin 3.156
Laner, Stephen 3.121
La Tourette, J.E.l .068, 1.069
Lau, J.J. 1.124
Lave, Lester B. 3.157
Lawler, Edward E. 4.084
Lawrence, Paul R. 5.048
Lee, Tieh-sheng 6.056
Leibenstein, Harvey 3.085,3.086
Leonard, William N. 3.243
Lessowski, Witold 1.070
Levenson, Irving F . 3.021
Levhari, D. 1.061,1.071,3.022
Levine,Morton 5.049
Lin, Leon 3.217
li-Tien, F. 4.043
Liu, Ta-Chung 1.049
Lomax, K. S. 2.077
Lou, L. J. 1.072
Lovejoy, Robert J. 5.050

Murray, Roland V. 2.008
Musgrave, P. W. 3.027
Myers, John G. 4.050
Myers, R. G. 3.010
Myers, Sumner 3.250
Myslicki, Chester 2.038,2.088

Pratten, C. 2.094
Price, J. E. 3.033
Quinn, James B. 3.182, 3.183
Rader, T. 1.093
Raimon, Robert L. 3.034,3.035
Raines, Frederick Q. 4.059
Ramachandra, N. 6.056
Rankine, L. B. 1.050
Rapping, Leonard 3.036
Read, L. M. 4.060
Rees, Albert 4.061
Reiss, F. J. 3.187
Remery, R. 2.095
Renten, Henry 2.096
Resnick, Jane R. 6.032
Reynolds, Lloyd G. 4.062
Rezler, Julius 5.065
Rhodes, James V. 1.022
Riche, Martha Farnsworth 2.009, 2.097
Riche, Richard W. 5.025,5.066,5.067
Rimlinger, G. V. 3.091
Robertson, D.J. 4.063, 4.064
Robinson, Derek 4.065
Robinson, Joan 1.094
Roman, Zoltan 1.095
Rosegger, G. 3.137
Rosen, Ned A. 3.092
Rosenberg, Jerry M. 3.037
Rosenberg, Nathan 3.184
Rosenbloom, Richard S. 3.185
Rothberg, Herman J. 2.085, 5.068
Rudelius, W. 3.256
Ruff, L. E. 3.257
Rumiantsev, A. 3.258
Ruttan, V. W. 2.056,3.082
Rymes, Thomas K. 1.096,1.097

Nadiri, M. Ishaq 1.080
Nair, Kusum 6.057
Nance, Harold W. 1.081
Naqui, K. A. 1.094
Neef, Arthur 4.051
Neher, Phillip A. 6.047
Nelkin, Dorothy 3.251
Nelson, Richard R. 2.090, 3.029, 3.171,3.172, 6.048
Nesvera, Vaclav 1.082
Nevile, J.W. 1.083
Nicholson, R.J. 1.084
Nishikawa, Shunsaku 1.085
Noda, Nobuo 3.089
Nordhaus, William D. 3.173, 3.252
North, Dick T.B. 4.052
Nofth, Douglas C. 1.086
Novikov, H. 3.030
Nowshirrani, V. F. 6.049
Nudds, D. 4.010
O’Brien, P. 1.009
O’Carroll, Lloyd T. 3.174
Okishio, N. 1.087
Olken, Hyman 3.175
Owen, Wyn F. 6.057
Pack, Howard 3.179
Paelinck, Jean 1.089
Pandit, N. H. 3.032
Parker, William N. 1.090
Patrick, G. F. 3.090
Paukert, Liba 5.078
Peck, Merton J. 3.172
Pejovich, S. 5.063
Perlo, Victor 2.092
Phelps, Edmund S. 3.029
Phelps-Brown, E. H. 4.056
Phillips, Almarin 3.180
Philpot, G. 1.091
Phipps, Anthony J. 4.057
Piakash,Piem 2.093
Pierce, W. S. 3.137
Piore,M. 5.064
Pitchford, J. D. 4.058
Porter, R. C. 3.181
Prasow, Paul 3.194

Sahota, G. S. 1.098,1.099
Sales, Stephen M. 3.093 1
Salkin, Jay S. 1.100
Salter, W. E. G. 3.186
Samuelson, Paul A. 1.071, 1.101,3.259
Sapolsky, Harvey M. 3.260
Sato,Ryuzo 1.005
Sawney, P. K. 1.102
Schmookler, Jacob 3.261
Schon, Donald A. 3.262
Schroeder, Gertrude 3.038
Schuh, G. Edward 6.057
Schultz, Robert S. 6.058
Schultz, Theodore W. 3.039,3.040
96

Taylor, Lester D. 6.062
Temin, Peter 1.108,3.059
Terreblanche, S. J. 3.060
Thompson, E. J. 6.060
Thompson, F. M. L. 3.198
Thorbecke, Erik 6.061
Thornton, J. 1.109
Thurow, Lester C. 1.110,6.062
Tjibe, B. Khing 3.061
Tlusty, Zdenek 1.111
Todaro, Michael 3.179
Topham, Tony 4.070
Touraine, Alain 5.081
Towers, B. 4.071,4.074
Turner, Marjorie S. 4.073

Schwartz, N. 3.240
Schwartzman, David 1.103,3.05 0
Scott, J.T ., Jr. 3.187
Scott, W. H. 5.069
Scrupski, Stephen E. 3.188
Scully, Gerald W. 3.051
Sellers, Walter E., Jr. 3.052
Sen, A. K. 3.053
Seward, T. 1.016
Shanks, Michael 3.263
Shaw, L. H. 1.104
Sheeks, Robert B. 3.271
Shell, Karl 3.264
Shepard, Herbert A. 3.265
Shepard, Jon M. 5.070
Sherrard, William R. 1.105
Shirai, Takamasa 5.071
Shirom,Arie 5.072
Shrivastav, Omkar S. 4.066
Shultz, George P. 3.094, 4.067
Siegel, B.N. 5.073
Siegel, Irving H. 5.074
Silberman, Charles E. 5.075
Silbertson, A. 2.094
Singer, H.W. 3.055
Sirageldin, Ismail 3.026
Sirota, David 3.095
Smith, A. D. 5.076
Smyth, D .J. 1.009
Solo, Robert A. 1.106
SomeLK. 1.124
Southard, Leland 2.098
Spatz, Laura H. 2.099
Spence, E .J. 2.028
Spencer, Daniel L. 3.189
Sreedharan, V. P. 1.120
Stafford, Frank 3.071
Steedman,I. 1.045
Steiner, George A. 3.190
Stephenson, Samuel S. 1.107
Stettner, Nora 4.068
Stieber,Jack 5.078
Stiglitz, Joseph 3.103,6.059
Stoikov, Vladimir 3.035, 3.056
Strassman, W. Paul 2.100,3.191
Strazheim,Mahlon R. 2.101
Striner, Herbert E. 5.079
Sturm, Herman M. 3.192, 3.193
Sultan, Paul 3.194
Sutermeister, Robert A. 3.057
Suzuki, T. 1.123
Sveikauskas, Leo 3.058

Om an, Lloyd 4.075,5.082
Usher, Dan 1.117
Uzawa, Hirofumi 6.059
Van de Klundert, Th. 3.123
Van Dussen, P. E. 1.118
Van Horn, Thomas R. 2.051
Vanek, Jarasslow 6.067, 6.068
Vatter, H. G. 3.209
Vepa, RamK. 3.098
Verma,P. 3.268
Vernon, Raymond 3.210
Vilenskii, M. 3.211
Waldorf, William H. 2.025, 2.052, 2.112
Walker, James F. 2.096
Walter, D. 2.029
Walton, F .T . 5.086
Walton, Gary M. 3.099,3.212
Warner, Aaron W. 3.170,3.213
Watanabe, Tsunehiko 1.119
Waud, R. N. 3.063
Wedderbum, Dorothy 5.087
Wein, Harold H. 1.120
Weinberg, Edgar 3.064, 3.215, 5.026, 5.088, 5.089
Weiss, Jeffrey 5.090
Welch, F. 3.065
West, Jerry G. 1.022
Westfield, F.M. 3.214
Whistler, T. L. 3.225
Whittingham,T. G. 4.071,4.074
Wilburn, Jean Alexander 2.048
Wiles, R/C. 4.081
Will, R. E. 3.209
Willacy, Hazel M. 3.067
Williams, Bruce R. 3.269

Williams, Roger 4.082
Wilson, Andrew H. 3.270
Wise, David 4.083
Wohlmuth, Karl 1.121
Wolek, Francis W. 3.185
Wolfbein, Seymour L. 3.216
Wolfe, J.N . 5.091
Wood, G. L. 3.256
Wood, Ian 4.084
Woodhall, Maureen 2.114
Woroniak, Alexander 3.189
Worthington, Paula 1.079
Worton, David A. 1.122

Wu, Yuan-li 3.271
Wysong, John W. 3.066
Yamada, Saburo 1.085
Yeh, M. H. 3.217
Yoshihara, K. 1.123
Yotopoulos, P.A. 1.072, 1.124
Yudelman, Montague 3.218

Zeisel, Rose N. 3.219, 3.220
Ziegler, Martin 2.082, 2.115
Zudak, L. S. 4.085

Subject Index
(Theses and dissertations are not included.)

Aluminum, 2.024, 2.073

Capital, 1.030, 1.069,1.082,1.086
economic growth, 6.007, 6.018, 6.022, 6.033
farm, 3.090
invention and innovation, 3.264
measurement, 1.039
metalworking industry, 1.003
United Kingdom, 1.027

Armed Forces, 3.231

Capital formation. See Capital and Capital Productivity

Agriculture. See Farm
Air transportation, 2.036, 2.038, 2.101
Aircraft, 3.180

Asia, 3.111,3.203, 3.204, 6.056

Capital productivity, 1.047,1.093,1.101
Australia, 1.083
Canada, 1.068
capital, 1.069,1.082,1.086,1.121
construction, hospitals, 1.079
developing countries, 1.021
economic growth, 1.006
energy inputs, 1.024
input-output studies, 1.002,1.054
measurement, 1.012, 1.096
organizational factors, 1.087
Poland, 1.070
production functions, 1.046,1.071, 1.094
retail trade, United Kingdom, 1.036
sources of growth, 1.011,1.043, 1.073
technological change, 1.020, 1.042, 1.053, 1.055,
1.120
United Kingdom, 1.036, 1.084

Australia
capital productivity, 1.083
earnings, 4.038
economic growth, 1.059
productivity measures, 2.035
Automation. See Technological change
Automobiles. See Motor vehicles and equipment

Banking, 2.012, 3.121
Bituminous coal, 2.078. See also Coal; Mining
Canada
capital productivity, 1.068
costs, 4.013
costs, guideposts, 4.001
economic growth, 6.013, 6.035
invention and innovation, 3.270
labor productivity, 1.122
price stability, 4.013
productivity measures
international comparisons, 2.004, 2.005,
2.018,2.028,2.029
mining, 2.030
technological change
employment, 5.014
farm, 3.217
manpower adjustment programs, 5.013

Capital stock. See Capital and Capital productivity
Cement industry, India, 1.102
Chemical industry, 5.044
China, 3.076, 3.271, 6.014
Coal (see also Bituminous coal;Mining), 2.106,3.200
Colombia, 2.090
Communications industry, 3.115, 3.124
Company productivity, 1.058,1.092,1.105,1.107
employment, 5.047
growth projections, 1.062,1.064
production function, 1.063

Capacity utilization (see also Economies of scale)
in manufacturing, 1.017
United Kingdom, 1.009,1.019,1.084

Earnings (see also Costs; Costs, foreign countries), 4.043
education, 3.002, 3.003, 3.015,3.024
employment, 4.055
farm, 4.036
international comparisons, 4.002, 4.018, 4.048,
4.056
social variables, 4.030,4.046
technological change, 4.031

Computers, 3.101,3.176, 5.002, 5.036, 5.077
international comparisons, 5.069
Concentration, industrial. See Economics of scale;
Organizational factors
Concrete products, 2.065
Construction. See also Construction, foreign countries
hospitals, capital productivity, 1.079
labor requirements
college housing, 2.084, 2.085
highways, 2.007
hospitals and nursing homes, 2.009, 2.097
schools, 2.096
selected types, 2.006
sewer works, 2.008
single-family homes, 2.011
technological change, 3.215
trade unions, 5.051

Economic growth (see also Economic growth, foreign
countries)
capital, 1.006, 6.007, 6.022, 6.033
education, contribution of, 3.004, 3.006, 3.031,
3.060
farm, 6.049, 6.050, 6.057, 6.061
food distribution, 6.052
improvement programs, 6.053
income shares, 6.026
international comparisons, 6.038, 6.042, 6.043,
6.051,6.054,6.055
invention and innovation, 3.261
measurement, 6.034
organizational factors, 5.015
production function, 6.062
projections, 6.001, 6.002, 6.003, 6.004, 6.006,
6.019,6.048,6.063,6.064
quality of life, 6.017, 6.066
research and development, 3.243, 3.269
social variables, 6.032
sources of, 6.016, 6.058, 6.060
technological change, 6.020, 6.021, 6.025, 6.028,
6.029,6.067,6.068

Construction, foreign countries
developing countries, 2.100
Ireland, 2.045
Japan, 1.123
Northern Ireland, 2.046
United Kingdom, 1.008
Corrugated and solid fiber box industry, 2.040, 2.042
Costs (see also Costs, foreign countries), 4.010,4.011,
4.040, 4.058,4.073, 4.081,4.084,4.085
employment, 4.009,4.050,4.061
farm, 4.023
fringe benefits, 4.022
improvement programs, 4.016
income shares, 4.003, 4.004,4.005
iron and steel industries, 4.083
manufacturing industries, 4.014, 4.015, 4.045,
4.051
measurement, 4.037
price stability, 4.008, 4.024
profits, 4.035, 4.041

Economic growth, foreign countries
Asia, 6.056
Australia, 1.059
Canada, 6.013, 6.035
China, 6.014
Europe, 6.018, 6.040
developing countries, 6.005, 6.024
France, 6.039
India, 6.023, 6.044, 6.049
Ireland, 6.037
Japan, 6.041,6.046
Syria, 6.045
United Kingdom, 3.129, 6.008
USSR, 6.006, 6.009, 6.027, 6.036

Costs, foreign countries
Australia, 4.038
Canada, 4.001,4.013
developing countries, 4.049,4.066
United Kingdom, 4.025, 4.028,4.072

Economies of scale (see also Capacity utilization), 3.072,
3.073,3.074,3.081
banking, 2.012
construction, 2.045
electric power, 1.034
farm, 1.026,1.100,3.079,3.153
India, 2.093
research and development, 3.221
technological change, 3.126,3.142

Czechoslovakia, 5.078

Dairy farming, 2.010, 2.089
Developing countries, 1.021,1.040, 1.041, 2.100,
3.107, 3.122, 3.136, 3.151, 3.163, 3.168, 3.179,
3.189, 3.191,4.049, 4.066, 6.005, 6.024

100

Farm

Education, 3.005, 3.007, 3.009, 3.011, 3.014, 3.016,
3.017, 3.018, 3.022, 3.024, 3.040, 3.050, 3.055,
3.062,3.065
cost-benefit analysis, 3.010, 3.012, 3.032, 3.039
earnings, 3.002, 3.003, 3.015, 3.024
economic growth, 3.004, 3.006, 3.031,3.060
international comparisons, 3.006, 3.056
production functions, 3.036, 3.051
productivity measures, 2.114
technological change, 3.027, 3.037, 5.057, 5.063,
5.077,5.088

capital, 3.090
costs, 4.023
economic growth, 6.049, 6.050, 6.057, 6.061
economies of scale, 1.026, 1.100, 3.079, 3.153
employment, 5.008, 5.018, 5.021
income shares, 5.021
input measures, 2.057
invention and innovation, 3.235
labor productivity, 1.015, 1.044, 1.051,4.036,
5.050
labor utilization, 3.033, 3.052, 3.067, 5.030
management, 3.090
organizational factors, 3.082
production function, 1.022, 1.050
productivity measurement, 1.072, 1.104,1.117
productivity measures, 2.004, 2.005, 2.056, 2.057,
2.107
sources of growth, 1.090
technological change, 3.112, 3.131, 3.135, 3.136
3.138,3.152,3.187,3.198
Asia, 3.111
Canada, 3.217
developing countries, 3.122,3.136
economic growth, 6.057
employment, 5.008, 5.018
India, 3.155
international comparisons, 3.218
total factor productivity, India, 1.098, 1.124

Electrical equipment, 3.241
Electric power industry, 1.034, 3.115
Electric utilities. See Electric power industry;
Gas and electric utilities
Electronic components, 3.176, 3.188
Emigration. See Migration
Employment, 5.032, 5.046
company productivity, 5.047
costs, 4.009, 4.041,4.050, 4.061,4.066
earnings, 4.055
farm, 5.008, 5.018, 5.021
guideposts, 5.074
hours of work, 5.022
international comparisons, 5.086
labor productivity, 5.037, 5.071
manpower requirements, 5.001
service industries, 5.029
technological change (see also Technological
change, employment)
chemicals, 5.044
computers, 5.002, 5.036, 5.069
Czechoslovakia, 5.078
footwear, 5.039
gray iron foundries, 5.003
insurance, 5.023, 5.024
leather, 5.039
manufacturing, 5.091
railroads, 5.014, 5.016
shipping, 5.010, 5.012, 5.031
sugar, 5.020
textiles, 5.043, 5.076

Food, 2.049
distribution, 2.051,2.052, 2.112. 6.052
processing, 2.025, 2.098
Footwear, 2.086, 2.087, 5.039
Forecasting. See Projections; Technological forecasting
Foundries (see also Gray iron foundries), 2.014
France, 5.043, 6.039
Fringe benefits, 4.022
Gas and electric utilities (see also Electric power industry)
2.037,5.066,5.067

Energy inputs, 1.024, 1.108

Germany, 3.027, 3.154

Europe
economic growth, 6.018, 6*040
productivity measures, 2.031, 2.032, 2.033, 2.039
2.077,2.091,2.103

Government, Federal
manpower adjustment policies, 5.068
post office, 2.055
productivity measurement, 1.066,1.112,1.113
productivity measures, 2.072

Exports. See International trade

Government, municipal, 2.026

101

Gray iron foundries, 2.019, 2.022, 5.003

Invention and innovation (see also Invention and innova
tion, by industry), 1.030, 3.222, 3.223,3.234, 3.236,
3.238, 3.240, 3.251, 3.252, 3.253, 3.255, 3.262,
3.263
Armed Forces, 3.231
Canada, 3.270
capital, 3.264
economic growth, 3.261
manpower, 3.259
organizational factors, 3.225, 3.232, 3.240, 3.256,
3.260,3.265
social variables, 3.226, 3.233, 3.237, 3.242
United Kingdom, 3.247, 3.268

Growth. See Economic growth
Guideposts. See Wage-price gui deposts.

Health services, 3.192, 3.193, 3.227, 5.090
Hosiery, 2.017
Hospitals, 1.079, 2.009, 2.070, 2.097
Hours of work, 3.021,3.067, 5.022, 5.055

Invention and innovation, by industry
electrical equipment, 3.241
farm, 3.235
health services, 3.227
industry studies, 3.250
insurance, 3.256
pharmaceuticals, 3.230
railroads, 3.245
steel, 3.246
textiles, 3.228

Household appliances, 2.059, 2.095
Hungary, 1.095

Immigration, See Migration
Imports. See International trade
Improvement programs, 3.069, 3.070, 3.078, 3.084,
3.094, 4.016, 4.047, 6.053, 6.058
health services, 3.096
international comparisons, 4.053
Japan, 3.068, 3.098
United Kingdom, 3.075

Iran, 3.001
Ireland, 2.045, 6.037
Iron and steel, 3.137, 3.165
international comparisons, 2.068, 2.083, 2.103
2.105,3.027,4.083

Income shares, 4.003,4.004, 4.005, 4.043,4.047, 4.076
economic growth, 6.026
farm, 5.021
technological change, 4.031

Israel, 1.033,3.087
Italy, 5.050

Incomes policy. See Wage-price guideposts
India

Japan, 1.123, 3.068, 3.083, 3.089, 3.098, 6.041, 6.046
farm, 3.082, 3.153

cement industry, 1.102
economic growth, 6.023, 6.044, 6.049
farming, 1.072, 1.098,1.124, 3.155
productivity measures, 2.093

Labor productivity, 1.067, 1.111,5.071
farm, 1.015,1.051,4.036, 5.050
input-output studies, 1.045
international comparisons, 4.048
lumber industry, 1.105
manufacturing, 5.037
measurement, 1.065,1.114,1.115,1.116
Canada, 1.122
construction, single-family homes, 1.008
farm, 1.044
Hungary, 1.095
international comparisons, 1.052
office work, 1.076,1.081
supervisory work, 1.035
USSR, 1.038
production scheduling, 1.004
transportation, 1.016

Input-output studies, 1.002, 1.054, 1.111, 1.119,5.001
food, 2.049
projections, 6.002, 6.003, 6.004, 6.064
technological change, 3.116,3.117, 3.217
United Kingdom, 1.045
Insurance industry, 3.256, 5.023, 5.024
International comparisons. See section under specific
subject heading
International trade, 2.111,3.210,4.080, 6.011
international comparisons, 2.076

102

underdeveloped countries, 1.040
underemployment, 1.074

occupational structure, 5.019
production function, 1.029, 1.049, 1.060, 1.118
productivity measures, 2.028, 2.115
wage-price guideposts, 4.059

Labor quality. See Education; Occupational structure
Labor requirements. See Construction, labor require
ments

Measurement. See under specific subject heading
Metal mining, 2.015

Labor utilization, 3.023, 3.025, 3.026, 3.028, 3.053,
3.057,3.059,3.061,3.064
farm, 3.033, 3.052,3.066, 5.030
hours of work, 3.021,3.067
immigration, 3.020
international comparisons, 3.019
Iran, 3.001
occupations, 3.034, 3.035, 3.058
production functions, 3.008, 3.013, 3.063
technological change, 3.218
underemployment, 1.074
USSR, 3.030, 3.038, 3.054

Metalworking, 1.003
Mexico, 3.079
Migration, 3.010, 3.020
Mining (see also Metal mining), 2.030, 3.202
Motor vehicles and equipment, 2.067, 2.088, 2.094,
5.005

Lead and zinc, 3.206

New Zealand, 5.016, 6.010

Leather, 5.039

Nonelectrical machinery, 3.174

Libraries, 3.164

Northern Ireland, 2.046

Longshore, 4.033,4.034

Occupational structure, 3.034, 3.035,3.058, 3.081
health services, 5.090
international comparisons, 4.048
manufacturing, 5.019
technological change, 3.121, 5.006, 5.055, 5.062,
5.088,5.089
underdeveloped countries, 1.041
USSR, 5.042

Lumber, 1.105

Machine tools, 3.100, 3.129, 3.160, 3.161
Management, 3.080, 3.087, 3.088, 3.090, 3.092, 3.093,
3.094,3.095

Office work, 1.076,1.081
Man-hours. See Hours of work
Organizational factors, 3.085
capital productivity, 1.087
China, 3.076
costs, 4.040
economic growth, 5.015, 6.008
farm, 3.082
health and welfare programs, 3.091
invention and innovation, 3.225, 3.232, 3.240,
3.256,3.260,3.265
price stability, 4.021
savings and loan associations, 3.071
Sweden, 3.077
technological change, 3.086
United Kingdom, 3.097

Man-made fibers, 2.099
Manpower (see also Employment; Manpower require
ments), 3.218, 3.259
Manpower adjustment programs, 5.005, 5.013, 5.015,
5.025, 5.026, 5.049, 5.066, 5.067, 5.068, 5.076
Manpower requirements, 3.194, 5.001,5.083
Manufacturing
capacity utilization, 1.017
capital-output ratios, 2.092
costs, 4.014,4.015,4.045,4.051
economic growth, 6.038, 6.039
employment, 5.091
international trade, 2.111
invention and innovation, 3.268
labor productivity, 5.037

Petroleum, 2.015
Petroleum pipelines, 2.043
Pharmaceuticals, 3.176, 3.229, 3.230
103

Philippines, 2.002

labor productivity, 1.008, 1.065, 1.114, 1.115,
1.116
Canada, 1.122
farm, 1.044
Hungary, 1.095
international comparisons, 1.052
supervisory work, 1.035
USSR, 1.038
office work, 1.076,1.081
prices, 4.042
service industries, 1.031,1.032,2.016
total factor productivity, 1.007, 1.037, 1.097
trade, 1.048, 1.103

Plant productivity. See Company productivity
Plastics, 3.176
Poland, 1.070
Poultry processing, 2.023
Price indexes, 1.077, 1.123
Prices (see also Costs), 4.057, 4.076
farm, 4.023
international comparisons, 4.024
services, 4.042
wage-price guideposts, 4.059

Productivity measures (see also Productivity measures,
foreign countries), 2.015, 2.063, 2.064, 2.071,2.080,
2.081, 2.082, 2.092, 2.102, 2.110, 2.113
air transportation, 2.036, 2.038, 2.101
aluminum, 2.024, 2.073
'
coal, 2.078, 2.106
concrete products, 2.065
construction, 2.006, 2.027
college housing, 2.084,2.085
highways, 2.007
hospitals and nursing homes, 2.009, 2.097
schools, 2.096
sewer works, 2.008
single-family homes, 2.011,2.045
corrugated and solid fiber boxes, 2.040, 2.042
dairy farming, 2.010, 2.089
education, 2.114
farm, 2.004, 2.005, 2.034, 2.056, 2.057, 2.107
food, 2.049
distribution, 2.051,2.052, 2.112
processing, 2.025, 2.098
footwear, 2.086, 2.087
foundries (see also gray iron foundries, this
section), 2.014
gas and electric utilities, 2.037
government, 2.026, 2.055, 2.072
gray iron foundries, 2.019, 2.022
hosiery, 2.017
hospitals, 2.070
household appliances* 2.059, 2.095
international comparisons (see also specific
industry, this section), 2.079, 2.104, 2.108
iron and steel, 2.068, 2.105
man-made fibers, 2.099
manufacturing, 2.111,2.115
motor vehicles and equipment, 2.067, 2.088,
2.094
petroleum, 2.015
petroleum pipelines, 2.043
poultry processing, 2.023
radio and television sets, 2.058,2.060
railroads, 2.062, 2.074
retail trade, 2.053, 2.054, 2.075

Price stability, 4.008, 4.009, 4.021,4.080
Canada, 4.013
international comparisons, 4.024
Printing and publishing, 3.108, 3.114, 3.120
Production function, 1.001,1.010, 1.075
capital, 1.046,1.071,1.094
company productivity, 1.063
economic growth, 6.028, 6.048, 6.059, 6.062
farm, 1.022, 1.050, 1.100
international comparisons, 4.048
manufacturing, 1.049,1.060, 1.118
research and development, 3.248
technological change, 1.005, 1.011, 1.029, 1.033,
3.103,3.113,3.123,3.158
transportation, 1.016
Production indexes, 1.023, 1.078
Production scheduling, 1.004
Productivity bargaining, 4.068
international comparisons, 4.054
longshore industry, 4,033, 4.034
United Kingdom, 4.006, 4.017, 4.020, 4.026,
4.027, 4.029,4.032, 4.039, 4.052,4.064,
4.069,4.070,4.071,4.074,4.075
Productivity improvement programs. See Improvement
programs
Productivity measurement
capital productivity, 1.012,1.096
construction, 2.027
farm, 1.072,1.104,1.117
government. 1.066,1.112, 1.113
international comparisons, 1.085,1.088,2.104
Israel, 1.033

104

international comparisons, 3.177, 3.205, 3.270

selected industries, 2.003, 2.041, 2.050, 2.061,
2.109
service industries, 2.016, 2.047, 2.048
soft drinks, 2.001
steel (see also iron and steel, this section), 2.020,
2.021,2.069
sugar, 2.044

Service industries, 1.031, 1.032, 2.047, 2.048,4.042,
5.029
Shipbuilding, 3.036
Shipping, 3.099, 3.154, 3.212, 3.213, 5.010, 5.012,
5.031

Productivity measures, foreign countries
Australia, 2.035
Canada, 2.004, 2.005, 2.018, 2.028, 2.029, 2 030
Colombia, 2.090
developing countries, 2.100
Europe, 2.031, 2.032, 2.033,2.039,2.077,2.091,
2.103
India, 2.093
Ireland, 2.045
Philippines, 2.002
United Kingdom, 2.076, 2.083,2.114
USSR, 2.013

Skill levels. See Occupational structure
Soft drinks, 2.001
Sources of growth (see also Capital productivity; Labor
productivity; Technological change; Organizational
factors; and Research and development), 1.025,
1.056, 1.065,1.089,2.015,3.173,6.058,6.060
capital, 1.043, 1.073
economic growth, 6.016
Europe, 2.032, 2.033, 2.039
farm, 1.090
international comparisons, 6.054, 6.055
mining, 1.099
New Zealand, 6.010
Puerto Rico, 4.062
shipping, 3.099
USSR, 1.011,1.109

Profits, 4.035,4.076, 4.082
Projections, 1.062, 1.064, 6.001, 6.002, 6.003, 6.004,
6.006, 6.019, 6.048, 6.064, 6.065
Puerto Rico, 4.062

South Africa, 1.118

Quality of life, 1.106, 3.144, 4.080, 5.058, 5.070,
6.017,6.066

Steel (see also Iron and steel), 2.020, 2.021, 2.069,
3.246, 5.076
Radio and television sets, 2.058, 2.060
Sugar, 2.044, 5.020
Railroads
economic growth, 6.021
invention and innovation, 3.245
productivity measures, 2.062, 2.074
technological change, 5.014, 5.016, 5.049, 5.076

Sweden, 3.077
Syria, 6.045
Technological change (see also Technological change, by
industry), 3.116, 3.117, 3.118, 3.141,3.162, 3.167,
3.172, 3.173, 3.181, 3.184, 3.186, 3.207, 4.079,
5.009,5.059,5.082
capital productivity, 1.006, 1.020, 1.042, 1.053,
1.055, 1.120
consumption, 3.156
diffusion, 2.002, 3.197, 3.225,3.227, 3.228,
3.235,3.239,3.246,3.247
earnings, 4.031
economic growth, 6.020, 6.021, 6.025, 6.028,
6.029,6.067,6.068
economic variables, 3.133, 3.136, 3.142, 3.144,
3.145, 3.149, 3.150, 3.199, 3.209, 3.211,
3.216
economies of scale, 3.126, 3.214
education, 3.027, 3.031, 3.037, 3.062, 5.057,
5.063,5.077,5.088

Research and development (see also Invention and
innovation), 3.221,3.224, 3.229, 3.257
China, 3.271
economic growth, 3.243, 3.267, 3.269
government-financed, 3.127, 3.190
measurement, 3.244, 3.248, 3.249, 3.258
technological change, 3.172, 3.195, 3.205
Retail trade, 1.036, 2.053, 2.054, 2.075

Savings and loan associations, 3.071
Scientific instruments, 3.176
Science and technology (see also Technology transfer),
3.119,3.167,3.171,3.254,3.266

105

employment, 5.006, 5.011, 5.017, 5.033, 5.034,
5.038, 5.052, 5.053, 5.054, 5.055, 5.065,
5.073, 5.075, 5.079, 5.080, 5.084, 5.085,
5.088
international comparisons, 5.040, 5.041, 5.045,
5.061,5.078
improvement programs, 3.078
income shares, 4.031
international comparisons, 3.125, 3.171,3.176,
3.178,3.182,3.196
international trade, 3.210
labor utilization, 3.218
manpower adjustment programs, 5.004, 5.027,
5.035, 5.048, 5.052, 5.056, 5.060, 5.062,
5.064,5.072,5.081
international comparisons, 5.007, 5.013,
5.015,5.028,5.056,5.087
manpower requirements, 3.194
measurement, 1.019, 3.130, 3.134, 3.152, 3.157,
3.159
occupational structure, 3.121,5.042, 5.089
organizational factors, 3.086
production function, 3.103,3.113, 3.123
quality of life, 5.058, 5.070
research and development, 3.172, 3.195,3.205
social variables, 3.105, 3.110, 3.111,3.112,3.122,
3.132, 3.133, 3.140, 3.143, 3.144, 3.145,
3.149, 3.150, 3.166, 3.169, 3.170, 3.201,
3.209,3.216
Technological change, by industry
aircraft, 3.180
chemicals, 5.044
coal, 3.200
communications, 3.115, 3.124
computers, 3.101,3.106, 5.002, 5.036, 5.069
construction, 3.215
electricity, 3.115
electronic components, 3.188
farm, 3.131, 3.135, 3.138, 3.152, 3.155, 3.187,
3.198, 3.217, 3.218, 5.008, 5.018, 6.057
footwear, 3.039
gas and electric utilities, 5.066, 5.067
gray iron foundries, 5.002
government, 5.068
health services, 3.192, 3.193
insurance, 5.023, 5.024
iron and steel, 3.027, 3.137, 3.165
lead and zinc, 3.206
leather, 5.039
libraries, 3.164
machine tools, 3.100, 3.160, 3.161
manufacturing, 1.029,3.158
mining, 3.202
motor vehicles, 5.005
nonelectrical machinery, 3.174
printing and publishing, 3.108,3.114, 3.120
railroads, 5.014, 5.016, 5.049, 5.076

shipping, 3.154, 3.212, 3.213, 5.010, 5.012, 5.031
steel, 5.076
sugar, 5.020
telephones, 5.025, 5.026, 5.076
textiles, 3.219, 3.220, 5.043, 5.076
transportation, 1.016,3.115
Technological forecasting, 3.102, 3.104, 3.109, 3.128,
3.147,3.148,3.175,3.183
Technological innovation. See Invention and innovation
Technological invention. See Invention and innovation
Technology transfer (see also Technology transfer,
foreign countries), 3.119, 3.127, 3.146, 3.185, 3.190,
3.197,3.208
Technology transfer, foreign countries
Asia, 3.203, 3.204
developing countries, 3.107, 3.151, 3.163, 3.168,
3.179,3.189,3.191
Japan, 3.083,3.089
Telephones, 5.025, 5.026, 5.076
Textiles
invention and innovation, 3.228, 3.247
productivity measures, 2.015
technological change, 3.219, 3.220, 5.043, 5.076
technology transfer, 3.146
Thailand, 1.117
Total factor productivity (see also Total factor produc
tivity, foreign countries), 1.013, 1.025,1.028,1.056,
1.057,1.089,1.106,1.110,1.119
company productivity, 1.058, 1.092,1.107
elasticity of substitution, 1.091
farm, 1.022
input-output studies, 1.111
measurement, 1.007, 1.018, 1.028, 1.037, 1.080,
1.085,1.097,4.060
production function, 1.001,1.010,1.075
technological change, 1.005,1.019
Total factor productivity, foreign countries
Canada, 6.035
developing countries, 1.014,1.041
India, 1.098,1.102,1.124
Israel, 1.033
Latin America, 6.012
USSR, 6.036
Trade, 1.048
Trade unions, 3.110, 5.051
106

INTERESTED
in
keeping
current
on
employment,
wages,
prices,
and
productivity?

SEE
AD
ON
THE
FOLLOWING
PAGE!

Keeping
current
on
employment,

with
periodicals
from
BLS

wages,
prices,
and
productivity

OQQ

EMPLOYMENT
a m d EARNINGS

Monthly Labor Review —

Employment and Earnings

Current Wage
Developments —a

the oldest and most
authoritative Government
research journal in
economics and the social
sciences. Regularly
features a review of
developments in
industrial relations,
significant court decisions
in labor cases, book
reviews, and current labor
statistics. $9.00 a year;
$11.25 foreign; single
copy, 75 cents.

Occupational Outlook
Quarterly —a today

—a monthly statistical
series of the labor force,
employment,
unemployment, hours,
earnings, labor turnover,
and job vacancies.
Current data for the
United States as a whole,
for individual States, and
for more than 200 local
areas on employment,
hours, earnings, and labor
turnover. $10.00 a year;
$12.50 foreign; single
copy, $1.00.
^

monthly report on
employee compensation,
including: Wage and
benefit changes resulting
from collective
bargaining settlements
and unilateral
management decisions;
statistical summaries; and
special reports on wage
trends. $4.50 a year;
$5.75 foreign; single
copy, 45 cents.

magazine which gives
up-to-the-minute details
on tomorrow's jobs.
Current information on
employment trends and
outlook to supplement
and bring up to date
information in the
Occupational O u tlo ok
Handbook. $1.50 for four

issues during the school
year; $2.00 foreign;
single copy, 45 cents.

SUBSCRIPTION ORDER FORM ENTER MY SUBSCRIPTION TO THE PERIODICALS CHECKED BELOW
@ $........................Add $..............................for foreign mailing. No additional postage is required for mailing within the United
States, its possessions, Canada, Mexico, and all Central and South American Countries except Argentina, Brazil, British Hon
duras, French Guiana, Guyana, and Surinam. For shipment to all other foreign countries include additional postage as quoted
for each periodical or subscription service.
Send Subscription to:
□

'I Monthly Labor
Review'

□

Current Wage
Developments

□

Employment and
Earnings

COMPANY NAME OR ADDITIONAL ADDRESS LINE

STREET ADDRESS

i i i i

i i i i i i i i i i

CITY

I II II II II I M II I
PLEASE PRINT OR TYPE

Occupational
Outlook Quarterly

□ Remittance Enclosed
(Make checks payable to
Superintendent of Docu
ments)
□ Charge to my Deposit
Account No........................

NAME — FIRST, LAST

□

II II I I I

STATE

ZIP CODE

INI-

MAIL ORDER FORM TO:
BLS Regional Offices
(Listed on facing page) or
Superintendent of
Documents
Government Printing
Office
Washington, D.C. 20402

technological change, 3.165, 5.015, 5.016, 5.076

Transportation, 1.016,3.115

USSR

Unions, See Trade unions

capital, 1.121
economic growth, 6.006, 6.009, 6.027, 6.036
labor productivity, 1.038
labor utilization, 3.030, 3.038, 3.054, 5.030
productivity measures, 2.013
research and development, 3.258
sources of growth, 1.011,1.109
technological change, 3.211,5.042

United Kingdom
capacity utilization, 1.009, 1.019,1.084
capital, 1.027
capital productivity, 1.036,1.084
costs, guideposts, 4.025,4.028,4.072
earnings, 4.036
economic growth, 3.129, 6.008
education, 2.114
improvement programs, 3.075
invention and innovation, 3.268
iron and steel, 3.027, 3.165
labor productivity, 1.015,1.045, 1.051
organizational factors, 3.097
productivity bargaining, 4.006, 4.017, 4.020,
4.026, 4.027, 4.029, 4.032, 4.039, 4.052,
4.064, 4.069,4.070,4.071,4.074,4.075
productivity measures, 2.076, 2.083, 2.114

Wages. See Earnings; Costs
Wage-price guideposts, 4.007, 4.012, 4.019, 4.021,
4.060,4.067,4.077,4.078
employment, 5.074
international comparisons, 4.063
manufacturing, 4.059
measurement, 4.044
United Kingdom, 4.025,4.028,4.065,4.072

107

B U R E A U O F L A B O R S T A T IS T IC S
R E G IO N A L O F F IC E S

Region I
1603 JFK Federal Building
Government Center
Boston, Mass. 02203
Phone: 223-6762 (Area Code 617)

Region V
8th Floor, 300 South Wacker Drive
Chicago, III. 60606
Phone: 353-1880 (Area Code 312)

Region II
1515 Broadway
New York, N.Y. 10036
Phone: 971-5405 (Area Code 212)

Region VI
1100 Commerce St., Rm. 6B7
Dallas, Tex. 75202
Phone: 749*3516 (Area Code 214)

Region III
P. O. Box 13309
Philadelphia, Pa. 19101
Phone: 597-1154 (Area Code 215)

Regions V II and V III *
Federal Office Building
911 Walnut St., 15th Floor
Kansas City, Mo. 64106
Phone: 374-2481 (Area Code 816)

Region IV
Suite 540
1371 Peachtree St., NE.
Atlanta, Ga. 30309
Phone: 526-5418 (Area Code 404)

Regions IX and X * *
450 Golden Gate Ave.
Box 36017
San Francisco, Calif. 94102
Phone: 556-4678 (Area Code 415)

Regions V II and V III are serviced by Kansas City.
Regions IX and X are serviced by San Francisco.

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
BUREAU OF LABOR STA TISTIC S
WASHINGTON, O. C. 20212

T H IR D CLASS M A IL

POSTAGE AND FEES PAID

U,S. D EP A R TM E N T OF LABOR
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
PE N A LTY FOR P R IV A TE USE, $300

LAB • 441

Full text of Productivity, A Selected Annotated Bibliography : Productivity: A Selected, Annotated Bibliography, 1965-71 : Bulletin of the United States Bureau of Labor Statistics, No. 1776

FRASER